WO2023179368A1 - Sensing method and device - Google Patents

Sensing method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023179368A1
WO2023179368A1 PCT/CN2023/080400 CN2023080400W WO2023179368A1 WO 2023179368 A1 WO2023179368 A1 WO 2023179368A1 CN 2023080400 W CN2023080400 W CN 2023080400W WO 2023179368 A1 WO2023179368 A1 WO 2023179368A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bft
sensing
time slot
time slots
length
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/080400
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
狐梦实
韩霄
娜仁格日勒
杜瑞
杨讯
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023179368A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023179368A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/08Testing, supervising or monitoring using real traffic
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a sensing method and device.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • CSI channel state information
  • WLAN sensing technology emerged. With the widespread deployment of WLAN devices and the increase in sensing requirements, sensing using widely available WLAN devices is a current research hotspot.
  • This application provides a sensing method and device, which can realize sensing in appropriate time slots.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method, which can be applied to an access point (access point, AP) or a personal basic service set (PBSS) control point (personal basic service set, PBSS).
  • point, PCP personal basic service set
  • wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) chip the Wi-Fi chip can be set in the AP or PCP; the method includes: The station sends a first frame, the first frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine an available time slot when the station performs sensing, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following stages: BTI phase or association beamforming training (A-BFT) phase; alternatively, the available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: A-BFT phase or announcement transmission interval (ATI) Stage; receive one or more second frames from the site in a first time slot, the available time slots include the first time slot; perform sensing based on the one or more second frames, and obtain a sensing result .
  • A-BFT association beamforming
  • the first frame may include a beacon frame.
  • the STA can determine the available time slot based on the first field, thereby learning the first time slot in which it transmits the second frame, ensuring that the STA can perform sensing in the appropriate time slot.
  • the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the time slots between the STA and the directional multi-gigabit (DMG) STA or the enhanced directional multi-gigabit (EDMG) STA. conflicts on time slots, thereby reducing information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improving the utilization efficiency of time domain resources.
  • DMG directional multi-gigabit
  • EDMG enhanced directional multi-gigabit
  • embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method, which method is applied to a station (STA) or a Wi-Fi chip, and the Wi-Fi chip can be installed in the STA; the method includes: The first frame is received in the BTI phase of the standard transmission interval. The first frame includes a first field. The first field is used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing. The available time slots are included in at least one of the following stages. In: the BTI phase or the association-beamforming training A-BFT phase; transmitting one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method, which can be applied to AP or PCP or Wi-Fi chip, the Wi-Fi chip can be set in the AP or PCP; the method includes: sending a first frame to the station in the ATI phase (or DTI phase), the first frame including a first field, the first field Used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing, the available time slots are included in at least one of the following stages: a BTI stage or an A-BFT stage later than the ATI stage (or a later than the DTI stage) BTI phase or A-BFT phase); or, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following phases: an A-BFT phase or an ATI phase later than the ATI phase (or an A-BFT later than the DTI phase) phase or ATI phase); transmitting a beacon frame to a station during a BTI phase that is later than said ATI phase (or said DTI phase); and receiving one or more second frames from said station in a first time slot
  • the first frame may include a management frame.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method, which method is applied to STA or Wi-Fi chip, and the Wi-Fi chip can be set in the STA; the method includes: in the ATI phase (or DTI phase ) receives a first frame, the first frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following stages: later than The BTI phase or the A-BFT phase of the ATI phase (or the BTI phase or the A-BFT phase later than the DTI phase); or, the available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: later than the A-BFT phase or ATI phase of the ATI phase (or A-BFT phase or ATI phase later than the DTI phase); receiving a beacon frame in a BTI phase later than the ATI phase (or the DTI phase) ; and transmitting one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
  • the method can be applied to AP or PCP or Wi-Fi chip, and the Wi-Fi chip can be set in the AP or PCP; the method includes: receiving a request from the site in the ATI phase (or DTI phase) frame, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; send a response frame to the station, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing, the
  • the available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: a BTI phase or an A-BFT phase later than the ATI phase (or a BTI phase or an A-BFT phase later than the DTI phase); or, the available time slots Included in at least one of the following stages: the A-BFT stage or the ATI stage later than the ATI stage (or the A-BFT stage or the ATI stage later than the DTI stage); in the A-BFT stage later than the ATI stage (or the transmitting a beacon frame to the station during the BTI phase of the DTI
  • the response frame may also be called a management frame.
  • the method can be applied to AP or PCP or Wi-Fi chip, and the Wi-Fi chip can be set in AP or PCP; the method includes: sending a request frame in the ATI phase (or DTI phase), so The request frame is used to request to perform sensing; receive a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following stages Medium: The BTI phase or the A-BFT phase that is later than the ATI phase (or the BTI phase or the A-BFT phase that is later than the DTI phase); or, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following phases : A-BFT stage or ATI stage later than the ATI stage (or A-BFT stage or ATI stage later than the DTI stage); in a BTI stage later than the ATI stage (or the DTI stage) receiving a beacon frame; and transmitting one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available
  • sending one or more second frames in the first time slot includes: sending the first frame in the first time slot based on a target probability.
  • the target probability represents the probability of the station sending the second frame.
  • the target probability can be used to adjust the probability that the STA is allowed to send the second frame, so that the number of users accessing a certain time slot at the same time can be effectively adjusted, and the number of users accessing a certain time slot at the same time can be reduced as much as possible.
  • the first time slot is randomly determined by the station from the available time slots.
  • the first time slot is determined by randomly selecting time slots, which is simple to implement and can effectively save signaling overhead.
  • the first field used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing includes: the first field is used to indicate sensing A-BFT Length, the perceived A-BFT length is used to determine the number of time slots of the available time slots; or, the first field is used to indicate the perceived A-BFT factor, the perceived A-BFT factor is used to determine the The number of slots available.
  • the number of available time slots is determined by sensing the A-BFT length or the sensing A-BFT factor. Thus, fewer bits are used to indicate a greater number of time slots, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the first frame (such as a beacon frame) further includes a beacon interval control field, and the beacon interval control field includes an A-BFT length field.
  • the A-BFT factor field the A-BFT length field is used to carry the A-BFT length
  • the A-BFT factor field is used to carry the A-BFT factor
  • the number of available time slots is the same as the A-BFT The length is related to the A-BFT factor.
  • the combination of the first field with the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor effectively increases the range of time slots that the STA can randomly select.
  • the first field used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing includes: the first field is used to indicate the available time slot. At least one of the starting slot position, the ending slot position or the number of slots; or, the first field is used to carry a first bitmap, and the bit length of the first bitmap is according to A -The number of time slots in the A-BFT phase determined by the BFT length and the A-BFT factor is determined, and the first bitmap is used to indicate whether the station uses the corresponding time slot for sensing.
  • one bit in the first bitmap may correspond to one or more time slots. That is to say, one bit in the first bitmap can be used to indicate whether the station uses the corresponding one or more time slots for sensing; or, it can also be understood as indicating whether the station is allowed to use the corresponding one or more time slots. time slot to transmit the second frame.
  • bit length of the first bitmap is any of the following: 32 bits, 16 bits, 8 bits or 4 bits.
  • the above method can effectively utilize the unused time slots in the A-BFT stage, thereby effectively improving the situation of wasted time slots.
  • the first time slot includes one or more time slots.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device for performing the method in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the communication device includes a unit for performing the method in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication device for performing the method in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the communication device includes a unit for performing the method in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect or any possible implementation.
  • the above-mentioned communication device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • a transceiver unit and a processing unit For specific descriptions of the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference may also be made to the device embodiments shown below.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor, configured to execute the method shown in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the processor is configured to execute a program stored in the memory. When the program is executed, the method shown in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner is executed.
  • the memory is located outside the communication device.
  • the memory is located within the above communication device.
  • the processor and the memory can also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory can also be integrated together.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver, which is used to receive signals or send signals.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a processor for executing the method shown in the above second aspect, fourth aspect, sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner.
  • the processor is configured to execute a program stored in the memory. When the program is executed, the method shown in the above second aspect, fourth aspect, sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner is executed.
  • the memory is located outside the communication device.
  • the memory is located within the above communication device.
  • the processor and the memory can also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory can also be integrated together.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver, which is used to receive signals or send signals.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a logic circuit and an interface.
  • the logic circuit is coupled to the interface; the interface is used to input and/or output code instructions, and the logic circuit is coupled to the interface.
  • Circuitry is configured to execute the code instructions to cause the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or any possible implementation to be performed.
  • inventions of the present application provide a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a logic circuit and an interface.
  • the logic circuit is coupled to the interface; the interface is used to input and/or output code instructions, and the logic Circuitry is configured to execute the code instructions to cause the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or any possible implementation to be performed.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program. When it is run on a computer, the above-mentioned first aspect, third aspect, and fifth aspect are implemented. The method shown in the aspect or any possible implementation is executed.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program. When it is run on a computer, the above-mentioned second aspect, fourth aspect, and sixth aspect are implemented. The method shown in the aspect or any possible implementation is executed.
  • inventions of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program Program or computer code, when run on a computer, causes the method shown in the above first aspect, third aspect, fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner to be executed.
  • inventions of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes a computer program or computer code.
  • the computer program product When run on a computer, the computer program product enables the above-mentioned second aspect, fourth aspect, sixth aspect or any of the above. Possible implementations are shown in which the method is executed.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on a computer, the method shown in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner is executed.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program.
  • the computer program When the computer program is run on a computer, the method shown in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is be executed.
  • inventions of the present application provide a wireless communication system.
  • the wireless communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device.
  • the first communication device is configured to perform the above-mentioned first aspect or any of the first aspects.
  • the method shown in the possible implementation manner, the second communication device is configured to perform the method shown in the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a beacon interval (BI) provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 3a is a time slot diagram of the BTI phase and the A-BFT phase provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of an available time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3c is a schematic diagram of an available time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3d is a schematic diagram of an available time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • an embodiment means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application.
  • the appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. Those skilled in the art can explicitly and implicitly It is understood that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
  • At least one (item) means one or more
  • plural means two or more
  • at least two (items) means two or three and three
  • “and/or” is used to describe the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships.
  • a and/or B can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. In this case, A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items.
  • at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", “a and c", “b and c", or "a and b and c" ".
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to wireless local area network (WLAN) scenarios, for example, can be applied to the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, IEEE) 802.11 system standards, such as 802.11a /b/g standard, 802.11bf standard, 802.11ad standard, 802.11ay standard, or the next generation standard.
  • 802.11bf includes two major categories of standards: low frequency (sub7GHz) and high frequency (60GHz).
  • sub7GHz mainly relies on standards such as 802.11ac, 802.11ax, 802.11be and the next generation.
  • the implementation of 60GHz mainly relies on standards such as 802.11ad, 802.11ay and the next generation.
  • 802.11ad can also be called the directional multi-gigabit (DMG) standard
  • 802.11ay can also be called the enhanced directional multi-gigabit (EDMG) standard.
  • DMG directional multi-gigabit
  • EDMG enhanced directional multi-gigabit
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application mainly focus on the implementation of 802.11bf at high frequencies (802.11ad, 802.11ay), but the relevant technical principles can be extended to low frequencies (802.11ac, 802.11ax, 802.11be).
  • WLAN communication system wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, global system for mobile communication (GSM) system, code Code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) ) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interconnection microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), future sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) system, Internet of things (IoT) Or wireless LAN systems such as vehicle to x (V2X), etc.
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • GSM global system for mobile communication
  • CDMA code Division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE LTE frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS
  • the terminal in the embodiment of this application may refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication Device, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), or a device with wireless communication capabilities.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the network device in the embodiment of this application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal.
  • the network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system.
  • the base station base transceiver station, BTS), or the base station (nodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (evolutional nodeB) in the LTE system , eNB or eNodeB), or it can be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, 5G network
  • the network equipment in the network as well as the network equipment in the future 6G network or the network equipment in the PLMN network are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
  • FIG 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • APs AP1 and AP2 as shown in Figure 1
  • stations stations (stations, STA) (as shown in Figure 1
  • the shown STA1, STA2 and STA3) may be mobile phones, computers, or any of the above-mentioned terminals, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the STA and AP communicate after establishing an association relationship.
  • AP1 can communicate with STA2 after establishing an association relationship
  • AP1 can communicate with STA1 after establishing an association relationship.
  • the communication system in Figure 1 is only an example.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application are not only suitable for communication between APs and one or more STAs, but also for mutual communication between APs (AP1 and AP2 as shown in Figure 1), and also for mutual communication between STAs. (STA2 and STA3 shown in Figure 1).
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can also be applied to communications between a personal basic service set (PBSS) control point (PCP) and one or more STAs. That is to say, the AP involved in the following (methods shown in Figures 4 to 6, etc.) can also be replaced by PCP, which will be described in detail below.
  • PBSS personal basic service set
  • PCP control point
  • the access point can be an access point for a terminal (such as a mobile phone) to enter a wired (or wireless) network. It is mainly deployed inside homes, buildings and campuses. The typical coverage radius is tens of meters to hundreds of meters. Of course, it can also Deployed outdoors.
  • the access point is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together, and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet.
  • the access point can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) with a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the access point may be a WLAN standard device (such as a sensing device, etc.) that supports the 802.11 series standards.
  • the access point can support the 802.11bf standard, the 802.11ad standard, the 802.11ay standard, or one of the future Wi-Fi standards.
  • the site can be a wireless communication chip, wireless sensor or wireless communication terminal, etc., and can also be called a user.
  • the site can be a mobile phone that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a tablet computer that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a set-top box that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a smart TV that supports Wi-Fi communication function, or a smart TV that supports Wi-Fi communication function.
  • the site can be a WLAN standard device that supports the 802.11 series standards.
  • the site can also support the 802.11bf standard, the 802.11ad standard, the 802.11ay standard, or one of the future Wi-Fi standards.
  • access points and sites can be devices used in the Internet of Vehicles, IoT nodes, sensors, etc. in the Internet of Things (IoT), smart cameras, smart remote controls, smart water meters and electricity meters in smart homes, and sensors in smart cities, etc.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • smart cameras smart remote controls
  • smart water meters and electricity meters in smart homes and sensors in smart cities, etc.
  • the wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a WLAN or a cellular network.
  • the method may be implemented by a communication device in the wireless communication system or a chip or processor in the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a communication device that supports multiple links. Wireless communication devices that transmit in parallel are, for example, called multi-link devices or multi-band devices. device). Compared with devices that only support single-link transmission, multi-link devices have higher transmission efficiency and higher throughput.
  • a multi-link device includes one or more affiliated STAs (affiliated STAs).
  • An affiliated STA is a logical station and can work on one link. Among them, the affiliated station can be an AP or a non-AP STA.
  • a multi-link device whose site is an AP can be called a multi-link AP or multi-link AP device or AP multi-link device (AP multi-link device).
  • a multi-link device whose site is a non-AP STA It can be called multi-link STA or multi-link STA device or STA multi-link device.
  • FIG 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a BI provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the timeline can be divided into multiple BIs.
  • Each BI includes beacon header indication (BHI) and data transmission interval (data transmission interval, DTI).
  • BHI includes beacon transmission interval (beacon transmission interval, BTI), association beamforming training (association beamforming training, A-BFT) and announcement transmission interval (announcement transmission interval, ATI).
  • DTI includes several sub-intervals, which are divided into contention based access period (CBAP) (CBAP1 and CBAP2 as shown in Figure 2) and service period (SP) ( SP1 and SP2 shown in Figure 2).
  • CBAP contention based access period
  • SP service period
  • the AP can send multiple beacon frames in all directions (for example, beacon frames can be sent according to sector numbers).
  • the beacon frame may also be called a DMG beacon, or the initiator transmit sector sweep (I-TXSS) frame.
  • the beacon frame may be used for downlink sector scanning.
  • the beacon frame may include an A-BFT length field, and the A-BFT length field may be used to indicate the slot length of the A-BFT phase.
  • A-BFT can be used for STA association and uplink sector scanning.
  • the STA that receives the beacon frame can randomly select a time slot to access according to the number of time slots indicated by the A-BFT length field, and then use the directional antenna to send sector sweep (SSW) ( It can also be called the responder transmit sector sweep (R-TXSS) frame.
  • SSW sector sweep
  • R-TXSS responder transmit sector sweep
  • the AP can use a quasi-omnidirectional antenna to receive beams from all directions and record the best transmit beam sent by the STA.
  • Each SSW frame sent by the STA can contain the best sending sector of the initiating AP.
  • the AP can use directional beams to send feedback information to the STA (SSW feedback as shown in Figure 2 (SSW feedback)), the feedback information can include the training information of the previous stage (such as responder sector sweep (responder sector sweep, RSS)), such as the best sending sector of the responder in the previous stage, and the response at this time
  • the party is in quasi-omnidirectional receiving mode.
  • the sector scan acknowledgment (SSW ACK) phase is entered.
  • SLS sector-level sweep
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • the SSW ACK stage is required.
  • the SLS shown in the embodiment of this application can be understood as the correlation-beamforming training process performed in the BTI stage and the A-BFT stage shown above.
  • the correlation-beamforming training process shown above can also be performed in the DTI stage. That is to say, when the above correlation-beamforming training process is performed in the BTI stage and A-BFT stage, there may be no SSW confirmation stage. ; When the above correlation-beamforming training process is performed in the DTI phase, there may be an SSW confirmation phase.
  • the EDMG STA type was introduced in 802.11ay. Different from the traditional DMG STA in 802.11ad, EDMG STA can transmit both SSW frames and Transmit short SSW (short SSW) frames. The length of the short SSW frame is shorter than the length of the SSW frame, which enables the EDGM STA to transmit more short SSW frames in one time slot.
  • the A-BFT length field may be included in the beacon interval control (beacon interval control) field of the beacon frame, and the A-BFT length field is used to indicate the A-BFT length.
  • the bit length of the A-BFT length field is 3 bits. These 3 bits indicate the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage.
  • the value range of the number of time slots is 1-8.
  • DMG STA can use uniform distribution to generate random numbers to select time slots, such as 0 to A-BFT Length-1 (can also be expressed as [0, A-BFT Length)), corresponding to 1 to 8 time slots. gap.
  • multiple DMG STAs may randomly select the same time slot, which may cause conflicts among the multiple DMG STAs.
  • time slot shown in the embodiment of the present application can also be called a sector scanning time slot (SSW slot), and the time corresponding to the time slot can be called aSSSlotTime.
  • SSW slot sector scanning time slot
  • SSSlotTime the time corresponding to the time slot
  • 802.11ay EDMG STA can still send DMG beacon frames when sending beacon frames, thus maintaining compatibility with 802.11ad.
  • 802.11ay also made some updates in the DMG beacon frame. For example, B44-B45 in the beacon interval control field in the original beacon frame are reserved in 802.11ad, while in 802.11ay , B44-B45 are updated to the A-BFT factor (Multiplier) (also called A-BFT multiple, etc.) field.
  • the A-BFT factor field is used to indicate the A-BFT factor.
  • the A-BFT phase can include more time slots for EDMG STA.
  • the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage can become: 1 to A-BFT Length*(1+A-BFT Multiplier), where A-BFT Multiplier can include four values: 0, 1, 2, and 3 .
  • the random numbers generated by EDMG STA still follow the uniform distribution, and the range of the generated random numbers is [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT*A-BFT Multiplier) (that is, the range of random numbers is 0 to A-BFT Length +A-BFT*A-BFT Multiplier-1), corresponding to 1 to 32 slots.
  • EDMG STA can use the fallback method and determine the additional time slots added in the BTI phase for transmitting SSW frames based on the end time of the BTI phase and the A-BFT factor indicated by the A-BFT factor field.
  • the beacon frame includes a duration field, which is used to indicate the end time of the BTI phase (the end time shown in Figure 3a).
  • Timeslot range; for EDMG STA, backing off 21 timeslots before the end time indicated by the duration field is the additional timeslot range added in the BTI phase for transmitting SSW frames, that is, for EDMG STA,
  • the actual number of slots in the A-BFT phase is 28 (7 slots after the end time indicated by the duration field, and 21 slots before the end time).
  • Figure 3a is a time slot diagram of the BTI phase and the A-BFT phase provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the number of time slots included in the A-BFT stage includes both the number of time slots determined based on the A-BFT length (rectangle 1 shown in Figure 3a), and the number of time slots based on the BTI stage.
  • the end time and the number of time slots determined by the A-BFT factor (rectangle 2 as shown in Figure 3a).
  • rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 shown in Figure 3a respectively represent different types of time slots.
  • rectangles of the same pattern can be considered to be the same type of rectangles, and the numbers of unnumbered rectangles in Figures 3a to 3d can refer to the numbers of numbered rectangles of the same pattern.
  • DMG STA even if the BTI contains additional time slots, DMG STA will still consider it to belong to the BTI phase. Only on the additional time slot shown in Figure 3a (rectangle 2 shown in Figure 3a), the AP will not send the beacon frame, and DMGSTA will not receive the beacon frame. In fact, since the beacon frame itself is transmitted in different directions, from the perspective of the DMG STA, it is also possible that a certain time slot (the time slot corresponding to rectangle 2 as shown in Figure 3a) cannot receive the beacon frame. of.
  • the EDMG STA shown in this application can also be called an 11ay device
  • the DMG STA can also be called an 11ab device
  • the STA shown in Figures 4 and 5 can also be called a sensing device or a device supporting 802.11bf, etc.
  • This application Application examples The specific name of each STA is not limited.
  • a time slot shown in the embodiment of the present application can be equal to air interface propagation time + sector scanning time (a SSDuration) + medium beamforming interfream space (MBIFS) + sector scanning feedback time (a SSFBDuration)+MBIFS.
  • the air interface propagation time can represent the propagation delay between the initiator and the responder; aSSDuration can be understood as the responder providing the time corresponding to the number of SSW frames indicated in the FSS, and aSSFBDuration can be understood as the initiator providing feedback for executing SSW frame time.
  • the STA and the AP can sense in the beacon interval (beacon interval, BI). That is to say, based on the BI shown in Figure 2, not only beamforming but also sensing is possible.
  • Beacon interval Beacon interval
  • embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method and device that can perform sensing in an appropriate time slot.
  • the method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below using AP and STA as examples.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
  • the AP sends the first frame to the STA in the BTI phase.
  • the first frame includes a first field.
  • the first field is used to determine the available time slots when the STA performs sensing.
  • the STA receives the first frame.
  • the first frame may include a beacon frame.
  • the beacon frame also includes a duration field, which is used to indicate the end time of the BTI phase, such as the end time shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3c.
  • the beacon frame also includes a beacon interval control (beacon interval control) field.
  • the beacon interval control field includes an A-BFT length field and an A-BFT factor field.
  • the A-BFT length field can be used to carry A-BFT.
  • the length,A-BFT factor can be used to carry the A-BFT factor.
  • the A-BFT length can be used to indicate the number of slots in the A-BFT phase.
  • the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor are used to indicate the number of slots in the A-BFT stage.
  • the beacon frame includes the next DMG ATI element (Next DMG ATI element).
  • the next DMG ATI element includes a start time field and an ATI duration field.
  • the start time field is used for Indicates the start time of the ATI phase
  • the ATI duration field is used to indicate the duration of the ATI phase.
  • the ATI phase corresponding to the start time and duration indicated by the next DMG ATI element can be in the same BI as the BTI phase corresponding to the beacon frame, or the start time and duration indicated by the next DMG ATI element
  • the ATI phase corresponding to the time is located in the subsequent BI of the BI where the BTI phase corresponding to the beacon frame is located (for example, the next DMG ATI element in the beacon frame in the current BI indicates the start time of the ATI phase in the next BI. and duration).
  • the duration field, beacon interval control field and next DMG ATI element in the beacon frame please refer to relevant standards or protocols (such as 802.11ay or 802.11ad), etc., and will not be detailed here. .
  • the number of time slots in the A-BFT phase includes the additional number of time slots in the BTI phase and based on The number of slots obtained by the A-BFT length field.
  • Available time slots can be understood as: available sensing time slots, or the range of time slots that the STA can use when performing sensing, or the range of time slots that the STA can use when performing sensing, or the range of time slots that the STA can randomly select when performing sensing. , or the range of random numbers that the STA randomly selects when performing sensing, or the range of time slots that the STA is allowed to use when performing sensing, or the range of time slots that the STA is allowed to use when transmitting the second frame, or the second time slot corresponding to the transmission sensing result.
  • the time slot range of the frame Regarding whether the time slot actually used by the STA (such as the first time slot shown below) is all the available time slots, refer to the description about the first time slot in step 402 below.
  • the available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: BTI phase or A-BFT phase.
  • BTI phase for the sensing device shown in Figure 3b (which can be understood as the STA and AP shown in the embodiment of this application), the rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3b can be understood as the available time slots included in the BTI phase, as shown in Figure 3b
  • the rectangle 2 and rectangle 3 can be understood as the available time slots are included in the BTI stage.
  • the rectangle 1, rectangle 2 and rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3b are included in the BTI stage and the A-BFT stage (that is, part of the available time slots are included in the BTI stage).
  • the BTI phase another part of the available time slots is included in the A-BFT phase).
  • rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3c can be understood to mean that the available time slots are included in the BTI stage and the A-BFT stage. It can be understood that the available time slots shown in Figure 3c are only examples. For Figure 3c, the available time slots can also be included in the BTI stage, or the available time slots can be included in the A-BFT stage. It can be understood that the rectangle 2 shown in the embodiment of this application is explained using DMG STA as an example, that is, for the DMG STA, the rectangle 2 belongs to the BTI stage. However, for EDMG STA, rectangle 2 belongs to the A-BFT stage. To maintain uniformity, the method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below by taking rectangle 2 belonging to the BTI stage as an example.
  • the embodiments of this application are based on the 802.11ad standard or the DMG STA.
  • the time slot division rules at different stages are introduced. However, those skilled in the art can understand that with the evolution of standards and the development of equipment, the functions corresponding to different stages may increase, and at the same time, the division rules of time slots corresponding to different stages will also change accordingly. Technicians can be flexible.
  • available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: A-BFT phase or ATI phase.
  • A-BFT phase or ATI phase.
  • rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3d can be understood to mean that the available time slots are included in the ATI stage
  • rectangles 1 and 3 shown in Figure 3d can be understood to mean that the available time slots include In the A-BFT phase and the ATI phase (that is, part of the available time slots is included in the A-BFT phase, and another part of the available time slots is included in the ATI phase).
  • the available time slots may also be included in the BTI phase, the A-BFT phase and the ATI phase.
  • rectangle 1, rectangle 2 and rectangle 3 can be understood as available time slots included in the BTI phase, A-BFT phase and ATI phase.
  • the STA sends one or more second frames in the first time slot.
  • the AP receives the one or more second frames in the first time slot.
  • one time slot can transmit one or more second frames.
  • the first time slot may include one or more time slots.
  • the second frame may include an SSW frame, a short SSW frame, a perceptual SSW frame, etc.
  • the sensing SSW frame may be an SSW physical layer (PHY) protocol data unit (PHY protocol data unit, PPDU) used for sensing, and the length of the SSW PPDU may be different from the SSW PPDU (such as an SSW frame) in 802.11ad, or , which can be different from the short SSW PPDU (short SSW frame) in 802.11ay.
  • PHY physical layer
  • PPDU PHY protocol data unit
  • the sensing SSW frame can be more adapted to the sensing needs, and the STA transmits it in each time slot
  • the number of sensed SSW frames may be different from (or the same as) the number of transmitted SSW frames in 802.11ad, or different from (or the same as) the number of transmitted short SSW frames in 802.11ay.
  • the SSW PPDU (which may also be called a sensing SSW frame, etc.) may include signaling related to sensing, or a training (TRN) field for sensing (this field may be used for further sensing by the AP or STA).
  • TRN training
  • the number of SSW PPDUs that can be transmitted in a time slot can be indicated by the FSS field.
  • the FSS field please refer to the interpretation of the FSS field in 802.11ay, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the first field, the first time slot and the available time slots shown in the embodiment of the present application are described in detail below.
  • the first field is used to indicate the perceived A-BFT length, which is used to determine the number of available time slots.
  • the sensing A-BFT length can be understood as the additional time slot range used for sensing added in the BTI stage, or the additional time slot range used for sensing added in the ATI stage.
  • the perceived A-BFT length can be understood as a rectangle 3 as shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3d.
  • the number of available time slots can be determined based on the perceived A-BFT length.
  • the starting time of the available time slot (which may also be called the starting time slot, etc.) can be obtained based on the A-BFT factor and the perceived A-BFT length backoff.
  • Sensing the time slot range indicated by the sensing A-BFT length should not be understood to mean that the STA can only perform sensing within the time slot range indicated by the sensing A-BFT length.
  • This perceived A-BFT length can be used to determine available time slots.
  • the time slot range indicated by the perceived A-BFT length may be the same as the time slot range of available time slots shown in the embodiment of this application.
  • the time slot range indicated by the perceived A-BFT length may also be a part of the available time slots.
  • S total Sensing A-BFT Length (method one as shown in Figure 3b or method four as shown in Figure 3d). Among them, S total represents the number of available time slots, and Sensing A-BFT Length represents the sensing A-BFT length.
  • the available time slots can be determined based on the perceived A-BFT length, the end time of the BTI phase, the A-BFT factor, and the A-BFT length.
  • the STA can determine the additional time slot of the A-BFT phase in the BTI phase based on the A-BFT factor, the A-BFT length and the end time of the BTI phase, and then based on the additional A-BFT phase
  • the time slot rollback in the BFT stage senses the A-BFT length to obtain the starting time of the available time slot.
  • the starting time of the available time slot can be used to determine the correspondence between the random number and the time slot. It can be understood that the steps for the STA to determine the starting time of the available time slots shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples, and should not be understood as limiting the embodiments of the present application.
  • the STA can obtain the starting time of the available time slot based on the starting time of the ATI phase indicated in the next DMG ATI element, and obtain the true starting time of the ATI phase based on the perceived A-BFT length. start time.
  • the way to occupy the ATI stage can be obtained by telling the false start time of the ATI stage (that is, the actual start time of the ATI stage is later), so that the extra interval between the A-BFT stage and the ATI stage can be Used to transmit the second frame.
  • the first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, and the first time slot may include one or more time slots.
  • STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers.
  • the range of random numbers is [0, SensingA-BFT Length) or [0, SensingA-BFT Length-1] or [1, SensingA-BFT Length].
  • the bit length of the first field is 5 bits, that is, the time slot range of available time slots is 1-32 (including 1 and 32), and the range of random numbers can be [0, 32).
  • the bit length of the first field is 4 bits, that is, the time slot range of available time slots is 1-16 (including 1 and 16), and the range of random numbers can be [0,16).
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit the bit length of the first field. For example, when the STA performs sensing, the available time slots are 2, then the random number 0 means selecting the first time slot among the available time slots, and the random number 1 means selecting the second time slot among the available time slots.
  • one random number may correspond to one time slot, or one random number may correspond to multiple time slots (such as two time slots or three time slots, etc.), which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the random number selected by STA from the range of random numbers is 2, then when one random number corresponds to one time slot, the random number 2 can correspond to the third time slot among the available time slots; in the case of a random number When corresponding to two time slots, the random number 2 can correspond to two time slots among the available time slots.
  • the third time slot and the fourth time slot when a random number corresponds to three time slots, it can correspond to the second to fourth time slots in the available time slots, or the third time slot. time slot to the fifth time slot.
  • the available time slots when the STA performs sensing are set independently through the first field, which minimizes the impact of other parameters on the available time slots when the STA performs sensing, and does not affect the A-BFT of the DMG STA.
  • the number of time slots in the phase and the number of time slots in the A-BFT phase of EDMG STA Therefore, the conflict phenomenon when selecting time slots between devices is effectively reduced, ensuring the efficiency of sensing devices, and also ensuring the efficiency of communication between 11ay and 11ad devices.
  • S total represents the number of available time slots
  • A-BFT Length represents the A-BFT length
  • A-BFT Multiplier represents the A-BFT factor
  • Sensing A-BFT Length represents the sensing A-BFT length.
  • the number of available time slots, the A-BFT length, and the A-BFT factor are related.
  • A-BFT length and A-BFT factor please refer to Figure 3a and will not be described in detail here.
  • the STA can go back a certain time slot length based on the end time of the BTI phase to obtain the starting time of the available time slots.
  • the certain time slot length is equal to the starting time based on the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor.
  • the sum of the determined number of time slots i.e. A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier
  • the perceived A-BFT length i.e. A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier
  • the steps for the STA to determine the starting time of the available time slots shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples, and should not be understood as limiting the embodiments of the present application.
  • the STA can obtain the starting time of the available time slot based on the A-BFT length, and obtain the real starting time of the ATI phase based on the perceived A-BFT length.
  • the first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots.
  • STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers.
  • the range of random numbers is [0,A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length) or [0,A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier +Sensing A-BFT Length-1] or [1,A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length].
  • the bit length of the first field is 4 bits, and the value range of Sensing A-BFT Length is 1-16.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit the bit length of the first field.
  • the range of time slots that the sensing device can randomly select is effectively increased, that is, the sensing device can be used in the expanded time slots (as shown in Figure 3b).
  • the second frame can be transmitted in the rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3d), or the second frame can be transmitted in the extended time slot range of 11ay (rectangle 2 shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3d).
  • Method C please refer to the above description of method A and method B, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the first time slot can be randomly determined from available time slots.
  • the first time slot includes one or more time slots.
  • the range of random numbers generated by STA can be [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A- BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length) or [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length-1] or [1,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length].
  • the combination of the first field with the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor effectively increases the time slot range that the sensing device can randomly select, that is, the sensing device can expand the time slot (as shown in Figure 3b and
  • the second frame can be transmitted in rectangle 3) shown in Figure 3d, or the second frame can be transmitted in the extended time slot range of 11ay (rectangle 2 shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3d).
  • the second frame can be transmitted in the time slot range of 11ad (rectangle 1 shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3d).
  • the first field is used to indicate the perceived A-BFT factor, which is used to determine the number of time slots available. For example, if the bit length of the first field is 2 bits, then the value range of the perceptual A-BFT factor is 0, 1, 2, and 3. It can be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the bit length of the first field.
  • the bit length of the first field may be n, where n is a positive integer.
  • the starting time of the available time slot can be obtained based on the A-BFT factor and the perceived A-BFT factor backoff. It can be understood that when the value of the sensing A-BFT factor is 0, it can mean that the number of available time slots is 0, that is, the STA cannot perform sensing.
  • S total A-BFT Length ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier.
  • the first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots.
  • STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers.
  • the range of random numbers is [0,A-BFT Length ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier) or [0,A-BFT Length ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1] or [ 1,A-BFT Length ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier].
  • the number of available time slots is determined based on the perceived A-BFT factor and A-BFT length, which can reduce the bit length of the first field, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the first frame.
  • S total (A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier) ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier.
  • the first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots.
  • STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers.
  • the range of random numbers is [0, (A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier) ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier) or [0, (A-BFT Length ⁇ A- BFT Multiplier) ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1] or [1,(A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier) ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier].
  • the number of available time slots is determined based on the perceived A-BFT factor, A-BFT length and A-BFT factor.
  • the first field can be obtained with a smaller bit length than the bit length of the first field. Being able to indicate more time slot ranges further reduces the signaling overhead of the first frame on the basis that the number of available time slots remains unchanged.
  • Method F, S total (A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier) ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier.
  • the first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers.
  • the range of random numbers is [0,(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier) ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier) or [0,(A- BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier) ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1] or [1,(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier) ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier].
  • the signaling overhead of the first frame is further reduced on the basis that the number of available time slots remains unchanged.
  • the first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers.
  • the range of random numbers is [0,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier)] ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier) or [0,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier)] ⁇ Sensing A -BFT Multiplier-1] or [1,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier)] ⁇ Sensing A-BFT Multiplier] .
  • A-BFT Length represents the A-BFT length
  • A-BFT Multiplier represents the A-BFT factor
  • Sensing A-BFT Length represents sensing The description of A-BFT length
  • the available time slots may correspond to rectangle 3 in Figure 3b and Figure 3d.
  • a weight can be set for the STA, and the weight is used to increase the probability that the time slot randomly selected by the STA falls within the sensing A-BFT length.
  • the randomly selected proportion can be adjusted by setting the weight, making it easier for the sensing device to fall within the range of a certain sensing A-BFT length.
  • the weight may be preset by a protocol or standard, or carried by the AP through the first frame. If the weight is carried in the first frame in the form of a field, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific setting method of the weight. And there is no limit to the specific value of this weight.
  • the available time slots include the time slot range based on the A-BFT length (such as the time slot range based on the A-BFT length) and the additional time slot range in the BTI for transmitting SSW frames (such as the time slot range based on the A-BFT length and within the time slot range obtained by the A-BFT factor).
  • the available time slots may include time slots in the BTI other than the time slots used to transmit SSW frames.
  • the available time slots can be understood as the time slot range from the A-BFT length (such as A-BFT Length) and the additional time slot range in the BTI for transmitting SSW frames (such as A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier ) determined in.
  • the first field is used to indicate at least one of the starting time slot position, the ending time slot position, or the number of time slots of the available time slots.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the starting slot position and the ending slot position of the available time slots.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the starting slot position and the number of slots of available slots.
  • the starting slot position can be preset to: in the BTI stage, the slot position obtained based on A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier rollback, then the first field can be used to indicate the ending slot position or time. number of gaps.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the starting slot position or the ending slot position.
  • the first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. The range of random numbers may be determined based on the number of slots available. I won’t go into detail here.
  • the number of time slots may include the perceptual A-BFT length, that is, using a time slot length to represent the number of time slots of the available time slots.
  • the first field includes the starting slot position and the number of slots.
  • the first field includes the end slot position and the slot number.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the positions of multiple discontinuous time slots.
  • the first field may be used to indicate a starting slot position of a plurality of time slots and an ending slot position of a plurality of time slots.
  • the first field may be used to indicate the sensing A-BFT length and the starting slot position of the available slots. That is to say, the rough range of available time slots can be known based on the sensing A-BFT length, as shown in Figure 3b Sensing A-BFT Length, A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length or A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length; at the same time, based on the starting slot position, it can be known that the available time slot is located at Sensing A-BFT Length, A-BFT Length ⁇ A- A fine range in BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length or A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-B
  • the first field may be used to indicate the sensing A-BFT factor and the starting slot position of the available slots. That is to say, the coarse range of available time slots can be determined based on the A-BFT factor, and the fine range of available time slots can be determined based on the starting time slot position. It can be understood that the combination methods shown above are only examples, and other combination methods are not listed here.
  • the first field is used to carry the first bitmap, and the bit length of the first bitmap is determined by the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor.
  • A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier determines that the first bit of the bitmap is used to indicate whether the STA uses the corresponding time slot for sensing.
  • the bit length of the first bitmap A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier.
  • A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier 8
  • the first bitmap is 0111 0000, which represents the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage (including the A-BFT length and additional time slots in the BTI stage).
  • the bit length of the first bitmap may be 32 bits, or 16 bits, Or 8 bits, or 4 bits, etc., I won’t list them one by one here. That is to say, the bit length of the first bitmap may be fixed, and each bit may correspond to one or more time slots.
  • the first bit map is fixed to 32 bits, the first bit map corresponds to 32 time slots, and each bit corresponds to one time slot. Or the first bit bitmap is fixed to 16 bits, and each bit corresponds to 2 time slots. If the number of slots in the A-BFT stage is 20 slots, then when one bit corresponds to one slot, the first 20 bits in the first bitmap can be considered to be valid.
  • the first bitmap may have 16 bits. If the random number selected by the STA from random numbers 0-31 (corresponding to the number of slots in the A-BFT phase in 802.11ay) is greater than 15, that is, A -The number of time slots included in the BFT stage is greater than 16 (such as any one of 17 to 32 time slots), then each bit in the first bitmap can correspond to 2 time slots; if the STA starts from the random number 0- The random number selected in 31 is less than or equal to 15, that is, the number of time slots included in the A-BFT stage is less than or less than 16 (such as any one of 1 to 16 time slots), then each of the first bit bitmaps Bits can correspond to 1 time slot.
  • mode H and mode I for DMG STA, when the number of A-BFT stages determined according to the A-BFT length is greater than the number of DMG STA; or, for EDMG STA, when the number of A-BFT stages determined according to the A-BFT length is When the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage determined by the A-BFT factor is greater than the number of EDMG STAs, the above method can effectively utilize the unused time slots in the A-BFT stage, thereby effectively improving the waste of time slots. Case.
  • the first field is used to indicate whether the STA is allowed to transmit the second frame, or the first field may be used to indicate whether the STA is allowed to send the second frame within a certain time slot range.
  • the above certain time slot range is the same as the time slot range for EDMG STA to transmit SSW frames.
  • the first time slot can be randomly determined from available time slots.
  • the first time slot includes one or more time slots.
  • the range of random numbers generated by STA can be [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A- BFT Multiplier) or [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier-1] or [1,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length ⁇ A-BFT Multiplier]; for another example, STA generates random The range of numbers can be [0,A-BFT Length) or [0,A-BFT Length-1] or [1,A-BFT Length].
  • one bit can be used to indicate the time slot range of the sensing device, effectively reducing the signaling overhead of the first frame.
  • the first field is used to indicate the first time slot.
  • the first time slot is one or more time slots randomly selected by the STA from available time slots.
  • the first time slot may be indicated by the first field. That is, the AP can clearly indicate to the STA the time slot used to transmit the second frame through the first field in the first frame.
  • the first frame may also include a second field, which is used to instruct the STA to randomly select the first time slot from the time slots indicated in the first field, or to indicate that the STA can select the first time slot according to the time slot indicated in the first field.
  • the second frame is transmitted in the indicated time slot. That is, the second field may be used to indicate whether the first time slot is part of the available time slots.
  • the multiple users can send the second frame at the same time or probabilistically choose whether to send the second frame, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the available time slot indicated by the first frame may be valid in only one BI (such as the BI where the first frame is sent).
  • the available time slot indicated by the first frame may be valid for multiple BIs, such as the BI where the first frame is sent is valid, and subsequent multiple BIs are valid.
  • the available time slots corresponding to the multiple BIs are the same.
  • the first frame may also include the number of BIs corresponding to the first field (for example, M), thereby indicating to the STA that the available time slots corresponding to the M BIs are the same.
  • the first frame may carry the available time slots corresponding to each of the multiple BIs.
  • the available time slots corresponding to each of the multiple BIs are the same.
  • the first field can be used to determine the available time slot corresponding to each BI in multiple BIs; or, the first frame includes multiple first fields, and each first field corresponds to a BI. This embodiment of the present application There is no limit to this. It is understandable that when the first frame carries available time slots corresponding to each BI in multiple BIs, there may be cases where the STA cannot perform sensing in some BIs.
  • the first frame may also include identification information of the station.
  • the identification information of the station may be included in the first field, so that the available time slots when the corresponding station performs sensing are indicated through the first field.
  • the identification information of the station may be included in the third field in the first frame, and the third field may be used to indicate the station that is allowed to transmit the second frame within the available time slot.
  • the identification information of the site may include any one or more of the following: STA's associated identification (AID), unassociated ID (UID), and media access control (medium access control, MAC) address.
  • the MAC address can be an individual MAC address (individual MAC address) or a group MAC address (group MAC address).
  • the corresponding STA can randomly select a time slot from available time slots to obtain the first time slot.
  • the first frame includes the identification information of STA1 and the identification information of STA2, then STA1 can randomly determine the first time slot 1 from the available time slots, and STA2 can randomly determine the first time slot 2 from the available time slots. It can be understood that whether the first time slot 1 when STA1 performs sensing is the same as the first time slot 2 when STA2 performs time slot sensing is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first time slot is indicated through the first field, so that the station corresponding to the first time slot transmits the second frame in the first time slot.
  • the first frame includes the identification information of STA3 and the identification information of STA4.
  • the first field is used to indicate the first time slot 3 when STA3 performs sensing, and the first time slot 4 when STA4 performs sensing. It can be understood that whether the first time slot 3 when STA3 performs sensing is the same as the first time slot 4 when STA4 performs time slot sensing is not limited by the embodiment of this application.
  • the STA sending one or more second frames to the AP in the first time slot includes: sending one or more second frames in the first time slot based on a target probability, the target probability indicating that the STA The probability of sending the second frame.
  • STA randomly generates a random number in the range [a, b], AP regulations or standard default or mutual negotiation
  • the target probability shown above can represent the probability that the random number in the interval [a, b] is located in the interval [c, d].
  • the AP can indicate a, b, c, and d through the first frame.
  • the AP can indicate b and d through the first frame.
  • b and d can be dynamically updated according to the number of STAs. When there are a large number of STAs, in order to improve the conflict phenomenon, the range of the interval [c, d] in the interval [a, b] can be narrowed, that is, the probability of the STA sending the second frame is reduced.
  • the target probability shown in the embodiment of the present application can be combined with the first to fifth implementation methods shown above.
  • the STA may determine whether it can send one or more second frames in the first time slot based on the target probability.
  • the first time slot is determined after the STA determines that it can send one or more second frames based on the target probability.
  • target probability shown in the embodiment of the present application can be combined with the identification information of the site, or implemented independently, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the AP performs sensing based on one or more second frames and obtains the sensing result.
  • the AP may obtain CSI based on one or more second frames.
  • the AP and STA can also exchange other frames to obtain one or more of the following information to facilitate perception: azimuth, elevation or location information.
  • the STA can determine the available time slot based on the first field, thereby learning the first time slot in which it transmits the second frame, ensuring that the STA can perform sensing in the appropriate time slot.
  • the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the time slot conflicts between the STA and DMGSTA or EDMGSTA by indicating the available time slots to the STA, thereby reducing the situation of information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improving the utilization of time domain resources. usage efficiency.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
  • the STA sends a request frame to the AP in the ATI phase or DTI phase.
  • the request frame is used to request to perform sensing.
  • the AP receives the request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase.
  • the AP sends a response frame to the STA.
  • the response frame is used to respond to the request frame.
  • the STA receives the response frame.
  • the response frame may be an ACK message frame.
  • the AP sends a beacon frame to the STA in the BTI phase.
  • the STA receives the beacon frame.
  • the response frame may include a first field, which is used to determine available time slots when the station performs sensing.
  • the beacon frame may include a first field. That is to say, the first field may be included in the above-mentioned response frame or in the beacon frame, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the above-mentioned BTI stage may be included in the subsequent BI where the above-mentioned ATI stage (the ATI stage shown in step 501) is located.
  • the BTI stage is included in the subsequent BI of the BI in which the above-mentioned DTI stage (the DTI stage shown in step 501) is located.
  • the BTI is located in the first BI after the BI where the above-mentioned ATI stage is located, or the first BI after the BI where the DTI stage is located.
  • the above-mentioned BTI stage can be understood as a BTI stage that is later than the above-mentioned ATI stage (the ATI stage shown in step 501) or later than the above-mentioned DTI stage (the DTI stage shown in the step 501).
  • the available time slots may be included in the BTI phase or the A-BFT phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; or, the A-BFT phase is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. or ATI stage.
  • the first field, etc. please refer to Figure 4 and will not be described in detail here.
  • beacon frame It can be understood that for the description of the beacon frame, reference can be made to the above description, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the STA sends one or more second frames in the first time slot.
  • the AP receives the one or more second frame.
  • step 504 For description of step 504, reference may be made to the description of step 402 in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the AP performs sensing based on the second frame and obtains the sensing result.
  • step 504 please refer to the description of step 403 in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the AP sends the sensing result to the STA, and accordingly, the STA receives the sensing result.
  • the STA can determine the available time slot based on the first field, thereby learning the first time slot in which it transmits the second frame, ensuring that the STA can perform sensing in the appropriate time slot.
  • the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the time slot conflicts between the STA and DMGSTA or EDMGSTA by indicating the available time slots to the STA, thereby reducing the situation of information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improving the utilization of time domain resources. usage efficiency.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, the method includes:
  • the AP sends the first frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase.
  • the first frame includes a first field.
  • the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the STA performs sensing.
  • the STA receives the first frame.
  • the first frame may include a management frame.
  • the AP sends a beacon frame to the STA in the BTI phase.
  • the STA receives the beacon frame.
  • the above-mentioned BTI stage may be included in the subsequent BI where the above-mentioned ATI stage (the ATI stage shown in step 601) is located.
  • the BTI stage is included in the subsequent BI of the BI in which the above-mentioned DTI stage (the DTI stage shown in step 601) is located.
  • the BTI is located in the first BI after the BI where the above-mentioned ATI stage is located, or the first BI after the BI where the DTI stage is located.
  • the above-mentioned BTI stage can be understood as a BTI stage that is later than the above-mentioned ATI stage (the ATI stage shown in step 601) or later than the above-mentioned DTI stage (the DTI stage shown in the step 601).
  • the available time slots may be included in the BTI phase or the A-BFT phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; or, the A-BFT phase is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. or ATI stage.
  • the first field please refer to Figure 4 and will not be described in detail here.
  • the STA sends one or more second frames in the first time slot.
  • the AP receives the one or more second frames in the first time slot.
  • step 603 For description of step 603, reference may be made to the description of step 402 in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the AP performs sensing based on one or more second frames and obtains a sensing result.
  • step 604 For description of step 604, reference may be made to the description of step 403 in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the STA can determine the available time slot based on the first field, thereby learning the first time slot in which it transmits the second frame, ensuring that the STA can perform sensing in the appropriate time slot.
  • the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the time slot conflicts between the STA and DMGSTA or EDMGSTA by indicating the available time slots to the STA, thereby reducing the situation of information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improving the utilization of time domain resources. usage efficiency.
  • the STA can send the second frame within any of the following time slots: Sensing A- BFT time slot, time slot range determined based on A-BFT length, time slot range determined based on A-BFT length and A-BFT factor. That is to say, when a certain STA has both association-beamforming training and sensing requirements, it can achieve both by sending an SSW frame (for example, it can be any one of sensing SSW frame, SSW frame or short SSW frame) Correlation-beamforming training and perception.
  • an SSW frame for example, it can be any one of sensing SSW frame, SSW frame or short SSW frame
  • the time slot used by a certain STA to send SSW frames may be included in the A-BFT phase of the DMG STA, or the A-BFT phase of the EDMG STA, or in the sensing A-BFT time slot.
  • SSW frames which can be any of sensing SSW frames, SSW frames (such as SSW frames in 11ad) or short SSW frames
  • the AP may not be able to decode the SSW frame.
  • the STA can send the SSW frame before or After the SSW frame, the AP is notified through relevant signaling of the time slot used by the STA to send the SSW frame. The relevant information is used to obtain the time slot used by the STA to send the SSW frame.
  • the AP can still obtain the relevant sensing information of the STA in the corresponding time slot (that is, the time slot indicated by relevant signaling). .
  • the STA can also instruct the AP through relevant signaling, the direction in which the STA sends SSW frames, etc., which will not be listed here.
  • This application divides the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in this application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • the communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9 .
  • FIG 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the communication device includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702.
  • the communication device may be the AP or PCP or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to the AP or PCP, etc.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the AP or PCP in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 702 is configured to output the first frame in the BTI stage, where the first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing;
  • the transceiver unit 702 is also configured to input one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot;
  • the processing unit 701 is configured to perform sensing based on one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
  • the processing unit 701 is also used to generate the first frame.
  • the transceiver unit 702 used to output the first frame in the BTI phase may include: the transceiver unit 702 configured to send the first frame to the station in the BTI phase.
  • the transceiver unit 702 is configured to input one or more second frames in the first time slot.
  • the transceiver unit 702 is configured to receive one or more second frames from the station in the first time slot.
  • transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples.
  • specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 4), which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device may be the STA or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to STA, etc.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the STA in the above method embodiment, etc.
  • the transceiver unit 702 is configured to input the first frame in the BTI stage.
  • the first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing;
  • the transceiver unit 702 is also configured to output one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot.
  • the processing unit 701 is used to process the first frame and obtain available time slots for transmitting the second frame.
  • the processing unit 701 is also used to generate the second frame, etc., which will not be listed here.
  • transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples.
  • specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 4), which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device may be the AP or PCP or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to AP or PCP, etc.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the AP or PCP in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 702 is configured to output the first frame in the ATI phase or the DTI phase, where the first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing;
  • the transceiver unit 702 is also configured to output a beacon frame in a BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and input one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. ;
  • the processing unit 701 is configured to perform sensing based on one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
  • transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples.
  • specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 6), which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device may be the STA or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to STA, etc.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the STA in the above method embodiment, etc.
  • the transceiver unit 702 is configured to input the first frame in the ATI phase or the DTI phase.
  • the first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing;
  • the transceiver unit 702 is also configured to input a beacon frame in the BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and output one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. gap.
  • transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples.
  • specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 6), which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device may be the AP or PCP or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to AP or PCP, etc.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the AP or PCP in the above method embodiments.
  • Transceiver unit 702 configured to input a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and output a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine that the site performs sensing available time slots;
  • the transceiver unit 702 is also configured to output a beacon frame in a BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and input one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. ;
  • the processing unit 701 is configured to perform sensing based on the one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
  • transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples.
  • specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 5), which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device may be the STA or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to STA, etc.
  • the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the STA in the above method embodiment, etc.
  • the transceiver unit 702 is configured to output a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and input a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine when the station performs sensing. Available time slots;
  • the transceiver unit 702 is also configured to input a beacon frame in the BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and output one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. gap.
  • transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples.
  • specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 5), which will not be described in detail here.
  • the communication device according to the embodiment of the present application has been introduced above. Possible product forms of the communication device are introduced below. It should be understood that any form of product that has the functions of the communication device described in FIG. 7 falls within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. It should also be understood that the following description is only an example, and does not limit the product form of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application to this.
  • the processing unit 701 may be one or more processors, the transceiving unit 702 may be a transceiver, or the transceiving unit 702 may also be a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the sending unit may be a transmitter
  • the receiving unit may be a receiver
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit are integrated into one device, such as a transceiver.
  • the processor and the transceiver may be coupled, etc., and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the connection method between the processor and the transceiver.
  • the process of sending information in the above method can be understood as the process of outputting the above information by the processor.
  • the processor When outputting the above information, the processor outputs the above information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. After the above information is output by the processor, it may also need to undergo other processing before reaching the transceiver.
  • the process of receiving information (such as receiving the first frame, or receiving the second frame, etc.) in the above method can be understood as the process of the processor receiving the input information.
  • the transceiver receives the above information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above information, the above information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
  • the communication device 80 includes one or more processors 820 and a transceiver 810 .
  • the transceiver 810 is used to send the first frame to the STA in the BTI stage, and Receive one or more second frames from the station in the first time slot; the processor 820 is configured to perform sensing based on the one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
  • the transceiver 810 is used to receive the first frame in the BTI stage, and to send one or more second frames in the first time slot. .
  • the processor 820 is configured to process the first frame and obtain available time slots for transmitting the second frame.
  • the processor 820 is also used to generate the second frame, etc., which will not be listed here.
  • transceiver and processor shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples.
  • the transceiver 810 is used to send the first step to the station in the ATI phase or DTI phase.
  • a frame the first frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the transceiver 810 is also used to detect the time slot later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase.
  • the BTI phase transmits a beacon frame to the station; and receives one or more second frames from the station in a first time slot, the available time slots include the first time slot; processor 820 for based on the one or more second frames Perceive and obtain the result of perception.
  • the transceiver 810 when the communication device is used to perform the steps or methods or functions performed by the STA, the transceiver 810 is used to receive the first frame in the ATI phase or the DTI phase, the first frame includes a first field, and the first frame A field is used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing; the transceiver 810 is also used to receive a beacon frame in a BTI phase later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and send a beacon frame in the first time slot. or multiple second frames, the available time slots include the first time slot.
  • transceiver and processor shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples.
  • specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver and processor reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 6), which will not be described in detail here.
  • the transceiver 810 is configured to receive a request frame from the site in the ATI phase or the DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and send a response frame to the site, the response frame includes a first field, The first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the transceiver 810 is also used to send a beacon frame to the station in the BTI phase later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and in the One time slot receives one or more second frames from the station, and the available time slots include the first time slot; the processor 820 is configured to perform sensing based on the one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
  • the transceiver 810 when the communication device is used to perform the steps, methods or functions performed by the STA, the transceiver 810 is used to send a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and receive a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the transceiver 810 is also used to receive the signal in the BTI phase later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. frame; and transmitting one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
  • the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, the receiver is used to perform the function (or operation) of receiving, and the transmitter is used to perform the function (or operation) of transmitting. ). and transceivers for communication over transmission media and other equipment/devices.
  • the communication device 80 may also include one or more memories 830 for storing program instructions and/or data.
  • Memory 830 and processor 820 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • Processor 820 may cooperate with memory 830.
  • Processor 820 may execute program instructions stored in memory 830.
  • at least one of the above one or more memories may be included in the processor.
  • connection medium between the above-mentioned transceiver 810, processor 820 and memory 830 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 830, the processor 820 and the transceiver 810 are connected through a bus 840 in Figure 8.
  • the bus is represented by a thick line in Figure 8.
  • the connection methods between other components are only schematically explained. , is not limited.
  • the bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 8, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, etc., which can be implemented Or execute the disclosed methods, steps and logical block diagrams in the embodiments of this application.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor, etc.
  • the memory may include but is not limited to non-volatile memories such as hard disk drive (HDD) or solid-state drive (SSD), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), Read-Only Memory (ROM) or Portable Read-Only Memory (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM), etc.
  • Memory is any storage medium that can be used to carry or store program codes in the form of instructions or data structures, and that can be read and/or written by a computer (such as the communication device shown in this application), but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, used to store program instructions and/or data.
  • the processor 820 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs.
  • Memory 830 is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the transceiver 810 may include a control circuit and an antenna.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals. and processing of radio frequency signals.
  • Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor 820 can read the software program in the memory 830, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 820 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 820.
  • the processor 820 converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the processor that performs baseband processing.
  • the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely and independently of the communication device. .
  • the communication device shown in the embodiment of the present application may also have more components than shown in FIG. 8 , and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the methods performed by the processor and transceiver shown above are only examples. For specific steps performed by the processor and transceiver, please refer to the method introduced above.
  • the processing unit 701 may be one or more logic circuits, and the transceiver unit 702 may be an input-output interface, also known as a communication interface, or an interface circuit. , or interface, etc.
  • the transceiver unit 702 may also be a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the sending unit may be an output interface
  • the receiving unit may be an input interface.
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit may be integrated into one unit, such as an input-output interface.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 9 includes a logic circuit 901 and an interface 902 .
  • the above-mentioned processing unit 701 can be implemented by the logic circuit 901, and the transceiver unit 702 can be implemented by the interface 902.
  • the logic circuit 901 can be a chip, a processing circuit, an integrated circuit or a system on chip (SoC) chip, etc.
  • the interface 902 can be a communication interface, an input/output interface, a pin, etc.
  • FIG. 9 takes the above communication device as a chip.
  • the chip includes a logic circuit 901 and an interface 902 .
  • the logic circuit and the interface may also be coupled to each other.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the specific connection methods of the logic circuits and interfaces.
  • the interface 902 is used to output the first frame in the BTI phase, and the first frame includes The first field is used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to input one or more second frames in the first time slots, and the available time slots include the first time slots; logic Circuit 901 is used to perform sensing based on one or more second frames and obtain sensing results.
  • the interface 902 when the communication device is used to perform the method or function or step performed by the STA, the interface 902 is used to input the first frame in the BTI stage.
  • the first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine Available time slots when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to output one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot.
  • the logic circuit 901 is used to process the first frame and obtain available time slots for transmitting the second frame.
  • the logic circuit 901 is also used to generate the second frame, etc., which will not be listed here.
  • the interface 902 is used to output the first frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the The first frame includes a first field, which is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to output a beacon in a BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. frame; and input one or more second frames in the first time slot, the available time slots include the first time slot; the logic circuit 901 is used to perform sensing based on the one or more second frames to obtain the sensing result.
  • the communication device when used to perform the method or function or step performed by the above STA, it is used to input the first frame in the ATI phase or the DTI phase.
  • the first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine When the site performs sensing, the Use time slots; the interface 902 is also used to input beacon frames in the BTI phase later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and output one or more second frames in the first time slot, the available time slots include the One time slot.
  • the interface 902 is used to input a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, and the request The frame is used to request to perform sensing; and output a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to perform the sensing later than the ATI phase or the BTI phase of the DTI phase outputs a beacon frame; and inputs one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots include the first time slot; logic circuit 901 for based on the one or more Perform sensing on the second frame to obtain the sensing result.
  • the interface 902 when the communication device is used to perform the method or function or step performed by the above STA, the interface 902 is used to output a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and input a response frame,
  • the response frame includes a first field, which is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to input a beacon frame in a BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and outputting one or more second frames in the first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
  • the communication device shown in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware to implement the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, or can be implemented in the form of software to implement the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application. This is not limited by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a wireless communication system.
  • the wireless communication system includes an AP (or PCP) and an STA.
  • the AP and the STA can be used to perform any of the foregoing embodiments (as shown in Figures 4 to 6). method.
  • this application also provides a computer program, which is used to implement the operations and/or processing performed by the AP or PCP in the method provided by this application.
  • This application also provides a computer program, which is used to implement the operations and/or processing performed by the STA in the method provided by this application.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer code.
  • the computer code When the computer code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to perform the operations performed by the AP or PCP in the method provided by this application. /or processing.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer code.
  • the computer code When the computer code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to perform the operations performed by the STA in the method provided by this application and/or deal with.
  • the computer program product includes computer code or computer program.
  • the computer code or computer program When the computer code or computer program is run on a computer, it causes the operations performed by the AP or PCP in the method provided by this application and/or or processing is performed.
  • the computer program product includes a computer code or a computer program.
  • the computer code or computer program When the computer code or computer program is run on a computer, it causes the operations and/or processing performed by the STA in the method provided by this application. be executed.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units.
  • the connection can also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the technical effects of the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or contributes to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a readable
  • the storage medium includes several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned readable storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc. that can store program code medium.

Abstract

The present application discloses a sensing method and device. The sensing method comprises: in a BTI phase, a first frame is sent to a station, and correspondingly, the station receives the first frame. The first frame may comprise a first field, and the first field is used for determining an available time slot when the station performs sensing. The available time slot is comprised in at least one of the following phases: the BTI phase or an A-BFT phase; or an A-BFT phase or an ATI phase. Then, the station sends one or more second frames in a first time slot, and the available time slot comprises the first time slot. Therefore, an AP or PCP performs sensing on the basis of the one or more second frames to obtain a sensing result. The technical solution provided in the present application may enable a station to transmit a second frame in a suitable time slot.

Description

感知方法及装置Sensing methods and devices
本申请要求于2022年03月21日提交中国专利局、申请号为2022102791543、申请名称为“感知方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on March 21, 2022, with the application number 2022102791543 and the application title "Perception Method and Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种感知方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a sensing method and device.
背景技术Background technique
无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)设备发出的信号通常会经由各种障碍物的反射、衍射或散射后才会被接收,这种现象使得实际接收到的信号往往是多路信号叠加得到的,即信道环境有可能变得复杂,但从另一个角度而言,这也为通过无线信号感知其所经过的物理环境带来了便利。例如,通过分析被各种障碍物影响后的无线信号的相关信息如信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)等,可以感知周围环境。Signals emitted by wireless local area network (WLAN) devices are usually received after being reflected, diffracted or scattered by various obstacles. This phenomenon makes the actual received signal often the result of the superposition of multiple signals. , that is, the channel environment may become complex, but from another perspective, this also brings convenience to the perception of the physical environment through which wireless signals pass. For example, by analyzing the relevant information of wireless signals affected by various obstacles, such as channel state information (CSI), etc., the surrounding environment can be perceived.
由此,WLAN感知技术应运而生,随着WLAN设备的广泛部署以及感知需求的增加,使得利用普遍易获得的WLAN设备进行感知是目前研究的热点。As a result, WLAN sensing technology emerged. With the widespread deployment of WLAN devices and the increase in sensing requirements, sensing using widely available WLAN devices is a current research hotspot.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种感知方法及装置,能够在合适的时隙实现感知。This application provides a sensing method and device, which can realize sensing in appropriate time slots.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种感知方法,所述方法可以应用于接入点(access point,AP)或者个人基础服务集(personal basic service set,PBSS)控制点(personal basic service set control point,PCP)或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)芯片,该Wi-Fi芯片可以设置于AP或PCP中;所述方法包括:在信标传输间隔(beacon transmission interval,BTI)阶段向站点发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:所述BTI阶段或关联-波束赋形训练(association beamforming training,A-BFT)阶段;或者,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:A-BFT阶段或公告传输间隔(announcement transmission interval,ATI)阶段;在第一时隙接收来自所述站点的一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙;基于所述一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In the first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method, which can be applied to an access point (access point, AP) or a personal basic service set (PBSS) control point (personal basic service set, PBSS). point, PCP) or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) chip, the Wi-Fi chip can be set in the AP or PCP; the method includes: The station sends a first frame, the first frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine an available time slot when the station performs sensing, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following stages: BTI phase or association beamforming training (A-BFT) phase; alternatively, the available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: A-BFT phase or announcement transmission interval (ATI) Stage; receive one or more second frames from the site in a first time slot, the available time slots include the first time slot; perform sensing based on the one or more second frames, and obtain a sensing result .
示例性的,第一帧可以包括信标帧。本申请实施例中,STA可以基于第一字段确定可用时隙,从而获知其传输第二帧的第一时隙,保证了STA可以在合适的时隙执行感知。另外,本申请实施例通过为STA指示可用时隙,可有效减少该STA与定向多吉比特(directional multi-gigabit,DMG)STA或增强定向多吉比特(enhanced directional multi-gigabit,EDMG)STA在时隙上的冲突,从而减少了由于时隙冲突而导致信息丢弃的情况,提高了时域资源的利用效率。For example, the first frame may include a beacon frame. In the embodiment of this application, the STA can determine the available time slot based on the first field, thereby learning the first time slot in which it transmits the second frame, ensuring that the STA can perform sensing in the appropriate time slot. In addition, by indicating the available time slots for the STA, the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the time slots between the STA and the directional multi-gigabit (DMG) STA or the enhanced directional multi-gigabit (EDMG) STA. conflicts on time slots, thereby reducing information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improving the utilization efficiency of time domain resources.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种感知方法,所述方法应用于站点(station,STA)或Wi-Fi芯片,所述Wi-Fi芯片可以设置于STA中;所述方法包括:在信标传输间隔BTI阶段接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:所述BTI阶段或关联-波束赋形训练A-BFT阶段;在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙。In the second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method, which method is applied to a station (STA) or a Wi-Fi chip, and the Wi-Fi chip can be installed in the STA; the method includes: The first frame is received in the BTI phase of the standard transmission interval. The first frame includes a first field. The first field is used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing. The available time slots are included in at least one of the following stages. In: the BTI phase or the association-beamforming training A-BFT phase; transmitting one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种感知方法,所述方法可以应用于AP或者PCP或Wi-Fi 芯片,该Wi-Fi芯片可以设置于AP或PCP中;所述方法包括:在ATI阶段(或DTI阶段)向站点发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:晚于所述ATI阶段的BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段(或晚于所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段);或者,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:晚于所述ATI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段(或晚于所述DTI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段);在晚于所述ATI阶段(或所述DTI阶段)的BTI阶段向站点发送信标帧;以及在第一时隙接收来自所述站点的一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙;基于所述一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In the third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method, which can be applied to AP or PCP or Wi-Fi chip, the Wi-Fi chip can be set in the AP or PCP; the method includes: sending a first frame to the station in the ATI phase (or DTI phase), the first frame including a first field, the first field Used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing, the available time slots are included in at least one of the following stages: a BTI stage or an A-BFT stage later than the ATI stage (or a later than the DTI stage) BTI phase or A-BFT phase); or, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following phases: an A-BFT phase or an ATI phase later than the ATI phase (or an A-BFT later than the DTI phase) phase or ATI phase); transmitting a beacon frame to a station during a BTI phase that is later than said ATI phase (or said DTI phase); and receiving one or more second frames from said station in a first time slot, The available time slots include the first time slots; sensing is performed based on the one or more second frames to obtain sensing results.
示例性的,第一帧可以包括管理帧。For example, the first frame may include a management frame.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种感知方法,所述方法应用于STA或Wi-Fi芯片,所述Wi-Fi芯片可以设置于STA中;所述方法包括:在ATI阶段(或DTI阶段)接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:晚于所述ATI阶段的所述BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段(或晚于所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段);或者,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:晚于所述ATI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段(或晚于所述DTI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段);在晚于所述ATI阶段(或所述DTI阶段)的BTI阶段接收信标帧;以及在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙。In the fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method, which method is applied to STA or Wi-Fi chip, and the Wi-Fi chip can be set in the STA; the method includes: in the ATI phase (or DTI phase ) receives a first frame, the first frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following stages: later than The BTI phase or the A-BFT phase of the ATI phase (or the BTI phase or the A-BFT phase later than the DTI phase); or, the available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: later than the A-BFT phase or ATI phase of the ATI phase (or A-BFT phase or ATI phase later than the DTI phase); receiving a beacon frame in a BTI phase later than the ATI phase (or the DTI phase) ; and transmitting one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
第五方面,所述方法可以应用于AP或者PCP或Wi-Fi芯片,该Wi-Fi芯片可以设置于AP或PCP中;所述方法包括:在ATI阶段(或DTI阶段)接收来自站点的请求帧,所述请求帧用于请求执行感知;向所述站点发送响应帧,所述响应帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:晚于所述ATI阶段的BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段(或晚于所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段);或者,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:晚于所述ATI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段(或晚于所述DTI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段);在晚于所述ATI阶段(或所述DTI阶段)的BTI阶段向站点发送信标帧;以及在第一时隙接收来自所述站点的一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙;基于所述一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In the fifth aspect, the method can be applied to AP or PCP or Wi-Fi chip, and the Wi-Fi chip can be set in the AP or PCP; the method includes: receiving a request from the site in the ATI phase (or DTI phase) frame, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; send a response frame to the station, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing, the The available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: a BTI phase or an A-BFT phase later than the ATI phase (or a BTI phase or an A-BFT phase later than the DTI phase); or, the available time slots Included in at least one of the following stages: the A-BFT stage or the ATI stage later than the ATI stage (or the A-BFT stage or the ATI stage later than the DTI stage); in the A-BFT stage later than the ATI stage (or the transmitting a beacon frame to the station during the BTI phase of the DTI phase); and receiving one or more second frames from the station in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot; based on the One or more second frames are sensed to obtain the sensing results.
示例性的,响应帧也可以称为管理帧。For example, the response frame may also be called a management frame.
第六方面,所述方法可以应用于AP或者PCP或Wi-Fi芯片,该Wi-Fi芯片可以设置于AP或PCP中;所述方法包括:在ATI阶段(或DTI阶段)发送请求帧,所述请求帧用于请求执行感知;接收响应帧,所述响应帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:晚于所述ATI阶段的所述BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段(或晚于所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段);或者,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:晚于所述ATI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段(或晚于所述DTI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段);在晚于所述ATI阶段(或所述DTI阶段)的BTI阶段接收信标帧;以及在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙。In the sixth aspect, the method can be applied to AP or PCP or Wi-Fi chip, and the Wi-Fi chip can be set in AP or PCP; the method includes: sending a request frame in the ATI phase (or DTI phase), so The request frame is used to request to perform sensing; receive a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following stages Medium: The BTI phase or the A-BFT phase that is later than the ATI phase (or the BTI phase or the A-BFT phase that is later than the DTI phase); or, the available time slot is included in at least one of the following phases : A-BFT stage or ATI stage later than the ATI stage (or A-BFT stage or ATI stage later than the DTI stage); in a BTI stage later than the ATI stage (or the DTI stage) receiving a beacon frame; and transmitting one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
结合第一方面至第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧包括:基于目标概率在所述第一时隙中发送所述一个或多个第二帧,所述目标概率表示所述站点发送所述第二帧的概率。In conjunction with the first to sixth aspects, in a possible implementation manner, sending one or more second frames in the first time slot includes: sending the first frame in the first time slot based on a target probability. One or more second frames, the target probability represents the probability of the station sending the second frame.
本申请实施例中,通过目标概率可以调整STA允许发送第二帧的概率,从而可以有效调节同时接入某个时隙的用户数目,尽可能地减少了因为同时接入某个时隙的用户数目过多而导致冲突的情况。进而,有效减少了由于时隙冲突而导致信息丢弃的情况,提高了时域资源 的利用效率。In the embodiment of this application, the target probability can be used to adjust the probability that the STA is allowed to send the second frame, so that the number of users accessing a certain time slot at the same time can be effectively adjusted, and the number of users accessing a certain time slot at the same time can be reduced as much as possible. A situation where too many numbers lead to conflicts. Furthermore, it effectively reduces information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improves time domain resources. utilization efficiency.
结合第一方面至第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时隙是由所述站点从所述可用时隙中随机确定的。In combination with the first to sixth aspects, in a possible implementation manner, the first time slot is randomly determined by the station from the available time slots.
本申请实施例中,通过随机选择时隙的方式确定第一时隙,实现简单,而且能够有效节省信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the first time slot is determined by randomly selecting time slots, which is simple to implement and can effectively save signaling overhead.
结合第一方面至第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙包括:所述第一字段用于指示感知A-BFT长度,所述感知A-BFT长度用于确定所述可用时隙的时隙数目;或者,所述第一字段用于指示感知A-BFT因子,所述感知A-BFT因子用于确定所述可用时隙的时隙数目。In combination with the first to sixth aspects, in a possible implementation, the first field used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing includes: the first field is used to indicate sensing A-BFT Length, the perceived A-BFT length is used to determine the number of time slots of the available time slots; or, the first field is used to indicate the perceived A-BFT factor, the perceived A-BFT factor is used to determine the The number of slots available.
本申请实施例中,通过感知A-BFT长度或感知A-BFT因子确定可用时隙的时隙数目,从而,通过较少的比特指示更多的时隙数目,节省了信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the number of available time slots is determined by sensing the A-BFT length or the sensing A-BFT factor. Thus, fewer bits are used to indicate a greater number of time slots, thereby saving signaling overhead.
结合第一方面至第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一帧(如信标帧)还包括信标间隔控制字段,所述信标间隔控制字段包括A-BFT长度字段和A-BFT因子字段,所述A-BFT长度字段用于承载A-BFT长度,所述A-BFT因子字段用于承载A-BFT因子;所述可用时隙的时隙数目与A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子有关。In combination with the first to sixth aspects, in a possible implementation, the first frame (such as a beacon frame) further includes a beacon interval control field, and the beacon interval control field includes an A-BFT length field. and the A-BFT factor field, the A-BFT length field is used to carry the A-BFT length, the A-BFT factor field is used to carry the A-BFT factor; the number of available time slots is the same as the A-BFT The length is related to the A-BFT factor.
本申请实施例中,通过第一字段与A-BFT长度、A-BFT因子的结合,有效增加了STA可以随机选择的时隙范围。In the embodiment of the present application, the combination of the first field with the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor effectively increases the range of time slots that the STA can randomly select.
结合第一方面至第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述可用时隙的时隙数目Stotal满足以下任一项:Stotal=A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;Stotal=(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;Stotal=(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;Stotal=A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;Stotal=A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;其中,所述A-BFT Length表示A-BFT长度,所述Sensing A-BFT Multiplier表示所述感知A-BFT因子,所述Sensing A-BFT Length表示所述感知A-BFT长度,所述A-BFT Multiplier表示A-BFT因子。Combined with the first to sixth aspects, in a possible implementation manner, the number of time slots S total of the available time slots satisfies any of the following: S total =A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier; S total = (A-BFT Length × A-BFT Multiplier) × Sensing A-BFT Multiplier; S total = (A-BFT Length + A-BFT Length × A-BFT Multiplier) × Sensing A-BFT Multiplier; S total = A -BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length; S total =A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length; wherein, the A-BFT Length represents A- BFT length, the Sensing A-BFT Multiplier represents the sensing A-BFT factor, the Sensing A-BFT Length represents the sensing A-BFT length, and the A-BFT Multiplier represents the A-BFT factor.
结合第一方面至第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙包括:所述第一字段用于指示所述可用时隙的起始时隙位置、结束时隙位置或时隙数目中的至少一项;或者,所述第一字段用于承载第一比特位图,所述第一比特位图的比特长度根据A-BFT长度与A-BFT因子确定的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目确定,所述第一比特位图用于指示所述站点是否使用对应时隙进行感知。In combination with the first to sixth aspects, in a possible implementation, the first field used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing includes: the first field is used to indicate the available time slot. At least one of the starting slot position, the ending slot position or the number of slots; or, the first field is used to carry a first bitmap, and the bit length of the first bitmap is according to A -The number of time slots in the A-BFT phase determined by the BFT length and the A-BFT factor is determined, and the first bitmap is used to indicate whether the station uses the corresponding time slot for sensing.
本申请实施例中第一比特位图中的一个比特可以对应一个或多个时隙。也就是说,第一比特位图中的一个比特可以用于指示站点是否使用对应的一个或多个时隙进行感知;或者,也可以理解为用于指示是否允许站点使用对应的一个或多个时隙传输第二帧。In this embodiment of the present application, one bit in the first bitmap may correspond to one or more time slots. That is to say, one bit in the first bitmap can be used to indicate whether the station uses the corresponding one or more time slots for sensing; or, it can also be understood as indicating whether the station is allowed to use the corresponding one or more time slots. time slot to transmit the second frame.
结合第一方面至第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一比特位图的比特长度为以下任一项:32个比特、16个比特、8个比特或4个比特。In combination with the first to sixth aspects, in a possible implementation, the bit length of the first bitmap is any of the following: 32 bits, 16 bits, 8 bits or 4 bits.
示例性的,对于DMG STA来说,当根据A-BFT长度确定的A-BFT阶段的数目,大于DMG STA的数目;或者,对于EDMG STA来说,当根据A-BFT长度与A-BFT因子确定的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目,大于EDMG STA的数目时,通过上述方法,可以有效利用A-BFT阶段中未被使用的时隙,从而可以有效改善了时隙浪费的情况。For example, for DMG STA, when the number of A-BFT stages determined based on the A-BFT length is greater than the number of DMG STA; or, for EDMG STA, when the number of A-BFT stages determined based on the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor When the determined number of time slots in the A-BFT stage is greater than the number of EDMG STAs, the above method can effectively utilize the unused time slots in the A-BFT stage, thereby effectively improving the situation of wasted time slots.
结合第一方面至第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙。 In combination with the first to sixth aspects, in a possible implementation manner, the first time slot includes one or more time slots.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,用于执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或任意可能的实现方式中的方法。该通信装置包括具有执行第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In a seventh aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device for performing the method in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner. The communication device includes a unit for performing the method in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,用于执行第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或任意可能的实现方式中的方法。该通信装置包括具有执行第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或任意可能的实现方式中的方法的单元。In an eighth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device for performing the method in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner. The communication device includes a unit for performing the method in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect or any possible implementation.
在第七方面或第八方面中,上述通信装置可以包括收发单元和处理单元。对于收发单元和处理单元的具体描述还可以参考下文示出的装置实施例。In the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, the above-mentioned communication device may include a transceiver unit and a processing unit. For specific descriptions of the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference may also be made to the device embodiments shown below.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于执行上述第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。或者,该处理器用于执行存储器中存储的程序,当该程序被执行时,上述第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a processor, configured to execute the method shown in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner. Alternatively, the processor is configured to execute a program stored in the memory. When the program is executed, the method shown in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner is executed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之外。In a possible implementation, the memory is located outside the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之内。In a possible implementation, the memory is located within the above communication device.
本申请实施例中,处理器和存储器还可以集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可以被集成在一起。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor and the memory can also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory can also be integrated together.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置还包括收发器,该收发器,用于接收信号或发送信号。In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver, which is used to receive signals or send signals.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于执行上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。或者,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的程序,当该程序被执行时,上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a processor for executing the method shown in the above second aspect, fourth aspect, sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner. Alternatively, the processor is configured to execute a program stored in the memory. When the program is executed, the method shown in the above second aspect, fourth aspect, sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner is executed.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之外。In a possible implementation, the memory is located outside the communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,存储器位于上述通信装置之内。In a possible implementation, the memory is located within the above communication device.
在本申请实施例中,处理器和存储器还可以集成于一个器件中,即处理器和存储器还可以被集成在一起。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor and the memory can also be integrated into one device, that is, the processor and the memory can also be integrated together.
在一种可能的实现方式中,通信装置还包括收发器,该收发器,用于接收信号或发送信号。In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver, which is used to receive signals or send signals.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括逻辑电路和接口,所述逻辑电路和所述接口耦合;所述接口用于输入和/或输出代码指令,所述逻辑电路用于执行所述代码指令,以使第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或任意可能的实现方式被执行。In an eleventh aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device. The communication device includes a logic circuit and an interface. The logic circuit is coupled to the interface; the interface is used to input and/or output code instructions, and the logic circuit is coupled to the interface. Circuitry is configured to execute the code instructions to cause the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect, or any possible implementation to be performed.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括逻辑电路和接口,所述逻辑电路和所述接口耦合;所述接口用于输入和/或输出代码指令,所述逻辑电路用于执行所述代码指令,以使第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或任意可能的实现方式被执行。In a twelfth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication device. The communication device includes a logic circuit and an interface. The logic circuit is coupled to the interface; the interface is used to input and/or output code instructions, and the logic Circuitry is configured to execute the code instructions to cause the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, or any possible implementation to be performed.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a thirteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program. When it is run on a computer, the above-mentioned first aspect, third aspect, and fifth aspect are implemented. The method shown in the aspect or any possible implementation is executed.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a fourteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program. When it is run on a computer, the above-mentioned second aspect, fourth aspect, and sixth aspect are implemented. The method shown in the aspect or any possible implementation is executed.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程 序或计算机代码,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a fifteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer program Program or computer code, when run on a computer, causes the method shown in the above first aspect, third aspect, fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner to be executed.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序或计算机代码,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a sixteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer program or computer code. When run on a computer, the computer program product enables the above-mentioned second aspect, fourth aspect, sixth aspect or any of the above. Possible implementations are shown in which the method is executed.
第十七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,上述第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In a seventeenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program. When the computer program is run on a computer, the method shown in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner is executed.
第十八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,上述第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法被执行。In an eighteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program. When the computer program is run on a computer, the method shown in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is be executed.
第十九方面,本申请实施例提供一种无线通信系统,该无线通信系统包括第一通信装置和第二通信装置,所述第一通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法,所述第二通信装置用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式所示的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication system. The wireless communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device. The first communication device is configured to perform the above-mentioned first aspect or any of the first aspects. The method shown in the possible implementation manner, the second communication device is configured to perform the method shown in the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
上述第七方面至第十九方面达到的技术效果可以参考第一方面至第六方面的技术效果或下文所示的方法实施例中的有益效果,此处不再重复赘述。For the technical effects achieved by the seventh aspect to the nineteenth aspect, reference can be made to the technical effects of the first aspect to the sixth aspect or the beneficial effects in the method embodiments shown below, and will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种信标间隔(beacon interval,BI)的结构示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a beacon interval (BI) provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3a是本申请实施例提供的一种BTI阶段和A-BFT阶段的时隙示意图;Figure 3a is a time slot diagram of the BTI phase and the A-BFT phase provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3b是本申请实施例提供的一种可用时隙的示意图;Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of an available time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3c是本申请实施例提供的一种可用时隙的示意图;Figure 3c is a schematic diagram of an available time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图3d是本申请实施例提供的一种可用时隙的示意图;Figure 3d is a schematic diagram of an available time slot provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种感知方法的流程示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种感知方法的流程示意图;Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种感知方法的流程示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请作进一步地描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the present application will be further described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请的说明书、权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等仅用于区别不同对象,而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备等,没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元等,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备等固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first" and "second" in the description, claims, and drawings of this application are only used to distinguish different objects, but are not used to describe a specific sequence. Furthermore, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or equipment that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes unlisted steps or units, or optional It also includes other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment.
在本文中提及的“实施例”意味着,结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例,也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员可以显式地和隐式 地理解的是,本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。Reference herein to "an embodiment" means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the present application. The appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. Those skilled in the art can explicitly and implicitly It is understood that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
在本申请中,“至少一个(项)”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上,“至少两个(项)”是指两个或三个及三个以上,“和/或”,用于描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,“A和/或B”可以表示:只存在A,只存在B以及同时存在A和B三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指这些项中的任意组合。例如,a,b或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,“a和b”,“a和c”,“b和c”,或“a和b和c”。In this application, "at least one (item)" means one or more, "plurality" means two or more, "at least two (items)" means two or three and three Above, "and/or" is used to describe the relationship between associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, "A and/or B" can mean: only A exists, only B exists, and A and B exist simultaneously. In this case, A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items. For example, at least one of a, b or c can mean: a, b, c, "a and b", "a and c", "b and c", or "a and b and c" ".
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以适用于无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)场景,例如,可以适用于电气与电子工程师协会(institute of electrical and electronics engineers,IEEE)802.11系统标准,例如802.11a/b/g标准、802.11bf标准、802.11ad标准、802.11ay标准,或下一代的标准中等。802.11bf包括低频(sub7GHz)和高频(60GHz)两个大类标准。sub7GHz的实现方式主要依托802.11ac、802.11ax、802.11be及下一代等标准,60GHz实现方式主要依托802.11ad、802.11ay及下一代等标准。其中,802.11ad也可以称为定向多吉比特(directional multi-gigabit,DMG)标准,802.11ay也可以称为增强定向多吉比特(enhanced directional multi-gigabit,EDMG)标准。本申请实施例的技术方案主要关注802.11bf在高频(802.11ad、802.11ay)上的实现,但是相关技术原理可以拓展到低频(802.11ac、802.11ax、802.11be)上。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to wireless local area network (WLAN) scenarios, for example, can be applied to the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, IEEE) 802.11 system standards, such as 802.11a /b/g standard, 802.11bf standard, 802.11ad standard, 802.11ay standard, or the next generation standard. 802.11bf includes two major categories of standards: low frequency (sub7GHz) and high frequency (60GHz). The implementation of sub7GHz mainly relies on standards such as 802.11ac, 802.11ax, 802.11be and the next generation. The implementation of 60GHz mainly relies on standards such as 802.11ad, 802.11ay and the next generation. Among them, 802.11ad can also be called the directional multi-gigabit (DMG) standard, and 802.11ay can also be called the enhanced directional multi-gigabit (EDMG) standard. The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application mainly focus on the implementation of 802.11bf at high frequencies (802.11ad, 802.11ay), but the relevant technical principles can be extended to low frequencies (802.11ac, 802.11ax, 802.11be).
虽然本申请实施例主要以部署WLAN网络,尤其是应用IEEE 802.11系统标准的网络为例进行说明,但是本领域技术人员容易理解,本申请实施例涉及的各个方面可以扩展到采用各种标准或协议的其它网络,例如,蓝牙(bluetooth),高性能无线局域网(high performance radio local area network,HIPERLAN)以及广域网(wide area network,WAN)、个人区域网(personal area network,PAN)或其它现在已知或以后发展起来的网络。因此,无论使用的覆盖范围和无线接入协议如何,本申请实施例提供的各种方面可以适用于任何合适的无线网络。Although the embodiments of the present application are mainly explained by taking the deployment of WLAN networks, especially networks applying the IEEE 802.11 system standard, as an example, those skilled in the art can easily understand that various aspects involved in the embodiments of the present application can be extended to adopt various standards or protocols. Other networks, such as Bluetooth, high performance wireless local area network (HIPERLAN) and wide area network (WAN), personal area network (PAN) or other currently known or networks developed later. Therefore, regardless of the coverage and wireless access protocol used, the various aspects provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to any suitable wireless network.
本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:WLAN通信系统,无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统、全球移动通讯(global system for mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)、未来第六代(6th generation,6G)系统、物联网(internet of things,IoT)或车联网(vehicle to x,V2X)等无线局域网系统等。上述适用本申请的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统不限于此,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to various communication systems, such as: WLAN communication system, wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, global system for mobile communication (GSM) system, code Code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) ) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interconnection microwave access (worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (NR), future sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) system, Internet of things (IoT) Or wireless LAN systems such as vehicle to x (V2X), etc. The above-mentioned communication systems applicable to the present application are only examples. The communication systems applicable to the present application are not limited to these and will be explained uniformly here, and will not be described in detail below.
本申请实施例中的终端可以指用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器 的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备,未来6G网络中的终端设备或者公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal in the embodiment of this application may refer to user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication Device, user agent, or user device. The terminal may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), or a device with wireless communication capabilities. handheld device, computing device, or connected to a wireless modem Other processing equipment, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, terminal equipment in the 5G network, terminal equipment in the future 6G network or terminal equipment in the public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc., embodiments of the present application There is no limit to this.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(nodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional nodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的网络设备以及未来6G网络中的网络设备或者PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of this application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal. The network device may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system or a code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system. The base station (base transceiver station, BTS), or the base station (nodeB, NB) in the wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or the evolutionary base station (evolutional nodeB) in the LTE system , eNB or eNodeB), or it can be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, 5G network The network equipment in the network as well as the network equipment in the future 6G network or the network equipment in the PLMN network are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。在图1中,AP(如图1中所示的AP1和AP2)可以是通信服务器、路由器、交换机,也可以是上述的网络设备的任一种,站点(station,STA)(如图1中所示的STA1、STA2和STA3)可以是手机、计算机,也可以是上述的终端的任一种,本申请实施例不作限定。STA与AP之间建立关联关系之后进行通信。例如,AP1可以与STA2建立关联关系之后进行通信,AP1可以与STA1建立关联关系之后进行通信。应理解,图1中的通信系统仅为示例。本申请实施例的技术方案不仅适用于AP与一个或多个STA通信,也适用于AP之间的相互通信(如图1所示的AP1与AP2),也还适用于STA之间的相互通信(如图1所示的STA2和STA3)。本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于个人基础服务集(personal basic service set,PBSS)控制点(personal basic service set control point,PCP)与一个或多个STA通信。也就是说,下文(如图4至图6所示的方法等)涉及的AP也可以替换为PCP,下文赘述。Figure 1 is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. In Figure 1, APs (AP1 and AP2 as shown in Figure 1) can be communication servers, routers, switches, or any of the above network devices, stations (stations, STA) (as shown in Figure 1 The shown STA1, STA2 and STA3) may be mobile phones, computers, or any of the above-mentioned terminals, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The STA and AP communicate after establishing an association relationship. For example, AP1 can communicate with STA2 after establishing an association relationship, and AP1 can communicate with STA1 after establishing an association relationship. It should be understood that the communication system in Figure 1 is only an example. The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application are not only suitable for communication between APs and one or more STAs, but also for mutual communication between APs (AP1 and AP2 as shown in Figure 1), and also for mutual communication between STAs. (STA2 and STA3 shown in Figure 1). The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can also be applied to communications between a personal basic service set (PBSS) control point (PCP) and one or more STAs. That is to say, the AP involved in the following (methods shown in Figures 4 to 6, etc.) can also be replaced by PCP, which will be described in detail below.
其中,接入点可以为终端(如手机)进入有线(或无线)网络的接入点,主要部署于家庭、大楼内部以及园区内部,典型覆盖半径为几十米至上百米,当然,也可以部署于户外。接入点相当于一个连接有线网和无线网的桥梁,主要作用是将各个无线网络客户端连接到一起,然后将无线网络接入以太网。具体的,接入点可以是带有Wi-Fi芯片的终端设备(如手机)或者网络设备(如路由器)。可选地,接入点可以为支持802.11系列标准的WLAN制式的设备(如感知设备等)。例如,接入点可以支持802.11bf标准、802.11ad标准、802.11ay标准或未来某一种Wi-Fi标准。Among them, the access point can be an access point for a terminal (such as a mobile phone) to enter a wired (or wireless) network. It is mainly deployed inside homes, buildings and campuses. The typical coverage radius is tens of meters to hundreds of meters. Of course, it can also Deployed outdoors. The access point is equivalent to a bridge connecting the wired network and the wireless network. Its main function is to connect various wireless network clients together, and then connect the wireless network to the Ethernet. Specifically, the access point can be a terminal device (such as a mobile phone) or a network device (such as a router) with a Wi-Fi chip. Optionally, the access point may be a WLAN standard device (such as a sensing device, etc.) that supports the 802.11 series standards. For example, the access point can support the 802.11bf standard, the 802.11ad standard, the 802.11ay standard, or one of the future Wi-Fi standards.
站点可以为无线通讯芯片、无线传感器或无线通信终端等,也可称为用户。例如,站点可以为支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的移动电话、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的平板电脑、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的机顶盒、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的智能电视、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的智能可穿戴设备、支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的车载通信设备和支持Wi-Fi通讯功能的计算机等等。可选地,站点可以为支持802.11系列标准的WLAN制式的设备。例如,站点也可以支持802.11bf标准、802.11ad标准、802.11ay标准或未来某一种Wi-Fi标准。The site can be a wireless communication chip, wireless sensor or wireless communication terminal, etc., and can also be called a user. For example, the site can be a mobile phone that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a tablet computer that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a set-top box that supports Wi-Fi communication function, a smart TV that supports Wi-Fi communication function, or a smart TV that supports Wi-Fi communication function. Smart wearable devices, vehicle-mounted communication devices that support Wi-Fi communication functions, computers that support Wi-Fi communication functions, etc. Optionally, the site can be a WLAN standard device that supports the 802.11 series standards. For example, the site can also support the 802.11bf standard, the 802.11ad standard, the 802.11ay standard, or one of the future Wi-Fi standards.
例如,接入点和站点可以是应用于车联网中的设备,物联网(internet of things,IoT)中的物联网节点、传感器等,智慧家居中的智能摄像头,智能遥控器,智能水表电表,以及智慧城市中的传感器等。For example, access points and sites can be devices used in the Internet of Vehicles, IoT nodes, sensors, etc. in the Internet of Things (IoT), smart cameras, smart remote controls, smart water meters and electricity meters in smart homes, and sensors in smart cities, etc.
本申请实施例提供的无线通信系统可以为WLAN或蜂窝网,该方法可以由无线通信系统中的通信设备或通信设备中的芯片或处理器实现,该通信设备可以是一种支持多条链路并行进行传输的无线通信设备,例如,称为多链路设备(multi-link device)或多频段设备(multi-band  device)。相比于仅支持单条链路传输的设备来说,多链路设备具有更高的传输效率和更高的吞吐量。多链路设备包括一个或多个隶属的站点STA(affiliated STA),隶属的STA是一个逻辑上的站点,可以工作在一条链路上。其中,隶属的站点可以为AP或non-AP STA。隶属的站点为AP的多链路设备可以称为多链路AP或多链路AP设备或AP多链路设备(AP multi-link device),隶属的站点为non-AP STA的多链路设备可以称为多链路STA或多链路STA设备或STA多链路设备(STA multi-link device)。The wireless communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application may be a WLAN or a cellular network. The method may be implemented by a communication device in the wireless communication system or a chip or processor in the communication device. The communication device may be a communication device that supports multiple links. Wireless communication devices that transmit in parallel are, for example, called multi-link devices or multi-band devices. device). Compared with devices that only support single-link transmission, multi-link devices have higher transmission efficiency and higher throughput. A multi-link device includes one or more affiliated STAs (affiliated STAs). An affiliated STA is a logical station and can work on one link. Among them, the affiliated station can be an AP or a non-AP STA. A multi-link device whose site is an AP can be called a multi-link AP or multi-link AP device or AP multi-link device (AP multi-link device). A multi-link device whose site is a non-AP STA It can be called multi-link STA or multi-link STA device or STA multi-link device.
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种BI的结构示意图。参见图2,在802.11ad/ay中,时间轴可以划分为多个BI,每个BI包括信标头指示(beacon header indication,BHI)和数据传输间隔(data transmission interval,DTI)。其中,BHI中包括信标传输间隔(beacon transmission interval,BTI)、关联-波束赋形训练(association beamforming training,A-BFT)以及公告传输间隔(announcement transmission interval,ATI)。DTI包括若干个子区间,该若干个子区间基于接入的形式分为竞争接入区间(contention based access period,CBAP)(如图2所示的CBAP1和CBAP2)和服务区间(service period,SP)(如图2所示的SP1和SP2)。Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a BI provided by an embodiment of the present application. Referring to Figure 2, in 802.11ad/ay, the timeline can be divided into multiple BIs. Each BI includes beacon header indication (BHI) and data transmission interval (data transmission interval, DTI). Among them, BHI includes beacon transmission interval (beacon transmission interval, BTI), association beamforming training (association beamforming training, A-BFT) and announcement transmission interval (announcement transmission interval, ATI). DTI includes several sub-intervals, which are divided into contention based access period (CBAP) (CBAP1 and CBAP2 as shown in Figure 2) and service period (SP) ( SP1 and SP2 shown in Figure 2).
在802.11ad中,对于一个BI,在BTI阶段,AP可以向各个方向发送多个信标(beacon)帧(如可以按照扇区编号发送信标帧)。该信标帧还可以称为DMG beacon,或发起方发送扇区扫描(initiator transmit sector sweep,I-TXSS))帧。该信标帧可以用于下行扇区扫描,信标帧可以包括A-BFT长度(A-BFT length)字段,该A-BFT长度字段可以用于指示A-BFT阶段的时隙长度。In 802.11ad, for a BI, during the BTI phase, the AP can send multiple beacon frames in all directions (for example, beacon frames can be sent according to sector numbers). The beacon frame may also be called a DMG beacon, or the initiator transmit sector sweep (I-TXSS) frame. The beacon frame may be used for downlink sector scanning. The beacon frame may include an A-BFT length field, and the A-BFT length field may be used to indicate the slot length of the A-BFT phase.
A-BFT可以用于STA进行关联,以及上行扇区扫描。在A-BFT阶段,收到信标帧的STA可以根据A-BFT长度字段所指示的时隙数目中随机选择一个时隙接入,然后使用定向天线发送扇区扫描(sector sweep,SSW)(也可以称为应答方发送扇区扫描(responder transmit sector sweep,R-TXSS)帧。由此,AP可以使用准全向天线接收来自各个方向的波束并记录STA发送的最佳发射波束。同时,在STA发送的每一个SSW帧中,可以包含发起方AP的最佳发送扇区。随后,进入扇区扫描反馈阶段,AP可以使用定向波束向STA发送反馈信息(如图2所示的SSW反馈(SSW feedback)),该反馈信息可以包含上一阶段(如应答器扇区扫描(responder sector sweep,RSS))的训练信息,如包括上一阶段应答方的最佳发送扇区,此时应答方处于准全向接收模式。最后,进入扇区扫描确认(SSW ACK)阶段,在DTI之前做扇区级扫描(sector-level sweep,SLS)时可以不存在SSW确认(acknowledge,ACK)阶段,在DTI阶段做SLS则需要有SSW ACK阶段。可理解,本申请实施例所示的SLS可以理解为上文所示的在BTI阶段和A-BFT阶段执行的关联-波束赋形训练过程。同时,上文所示的关联-波束赋形训练过程还可以在DTI阶段执行。也就是说,当在BTI阶段和A-BFT阶段执行上述关联-波束赋形训练过程时,可以不存在SSW确认阶段;当在DTI阶段执行上述关联-波束赋形训练过程时,可以存在SSW确认阶段。A-BFT can be used for STA association and uplink sector scanning. In the A-BFT stage, the STA that receives the beacon frame can randomly select a time slot to access according to the number of time slots indicated by the A-BFT length field, and then use the directional antenna to send sector sweep (SSW) ( It can also be called the responder transmit sector sweep (R-TXSS) frame. Thus, the AP can use a quasi-omnidirectional antenna to receive beams from all directions and record the best transmit beam sent by the STA. At the same time, Each SSW frame sent by the STA can contain the best sending sector of the initiating AP. Subsequently, entering the sector scanning feedback phase, the AP can use directional beams to send feedback information to the STA (SSW feedback as shown in Figure 2 (SSW feedback)), the feedback information can include the training information of the previous stage (such as responder sector sweep (responder sector sweep, RSS)), such as the best sending sector of the responder in the previous stage, and the response at this time The party is in quasi-omnidirectional receiving mode. Finally, the sector scan acknowledgment (SSW ACK) phase is entered. When doing sector-level sweep (SLS) before DTI, there is no SSW acknowledgment (ACK) phase. To perform SLS in the DTI stage, the SSW ACK stage is required. It can be understood that the SLS shown in the embodiment of this application can be understood as the correlation-beamforming training process performed in the BTI stage and the A-BFT stage shown above. At the same time , the correlation-beamforming training process shown above can also be performed in the DTI stage. That is to say, when the above correlation-beamforming training process is performed in the BTI stage and A-BFT stage, there may be no SSW confirmation stage. ; When the above correlation-beamforming training process is performed in the DTI phase, there may be an SSW confirmation phase.
另外,为了满足更多用户的接入训练需求,在802.11ay中引入了EDMG STA类型,与802.11ad中传统的DMG STA不同的是,EDMG STA在A-BFT阶段既可以传输SSW帧,也可以传输短SSW(short SSW)帧。该短SSW帧的长度短于SSW帧的长度,能够使得EDGM STA在一个时隙中传输更多短SSW帧。In addition, in order to meet the access training needs of more users, the EDMG STA type was introduced in 802.11ay. Different from the traditional DMG STA in 802.11ad, EDMG STA can transmit both SSW frames and Transmit short SSW (short SSW) frames. The length of the short SSW frame is shorter than the length of the SSW frame, which enables the EDGM STA to transmit more short SSW frames in one time slot.
在802.11ad中,A-BFT长度字段可以包含于信标帧的信标间隔控制(beacon interval control)字段中,该A-BFT长度字段用于指示A-BFT长度。该A-BFT长度字段的比特长度为3比特,通过这3个比特指示A-BFT阶段的时隙数目,时隙数目的取值范围为1-8。示例性的,DMG  STA可以采用均匀分布生成随机数的方式来选取时隙,如在0到A-BFT Length-1(也可以表示成[0,A-BFT Length)),对应1到8个时隙中选取时隙。当然,多个DMG STA有可能随机选到同一个时隙,这将可能导致该多个DMG STA产生冲突,因此增加时隙的数目可以有效地降低冲突概率。可理解,本申请实施例所示的时隙也可以称为扇区扫描时隙(SSW slot),该时隙对应的时间可以称为aSSSlotTime。In 802.11ad, the A-BFT length field may be included in the beacon interval control (beacon interval control) field of the beacon frame, and the A-BFT length field is used to indicate the A-BFT length. The bit length of the A-BFT length field is 3 bits. These 3 bits indicate the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage. The value range of the number of time slots is 1-8. Example, DMG STA can use uniform distribution to generate random numbers to select time slots, such as 0 to A-BFT Length-1 (can also be expressed as [0, A-BFT Length)), corresponding to 1 to 8 time slots. gap. Of course, multiple DMG STAs may randomly select the same time slot, which may cause conflicts among the multiple DMG STAs. Therefore, increasing the number of time slots can effectively reduce the probability of conflict. It can be understood that the time slot shown in the embodiment of the present application can also be called a sector scanning time slot (SSW slot), and the time corresponding to the time slot can be called aSSSlotTime.
在802.11ay中,EDMG STA发送信标帧时仍可以采用发送DMG信标帧的方式,由此可以与802.11ad保持兼容。但是,802.11ay也在DMG信标帧中做了一些更新,如原来的信标帧中的信标间隔控制字段中的B44-B45在802.11ad中是预留(reserved),而在802.11ay中,B44-B45更新为A-BFT因子(Multiplier)(也可以称为A-BFT倍数等)字段。该A-BFT因子字段用于指示A-BFT因子。通过将B44-B45更新为A-BFT因子字段,对于EDMG STA来说,A-BFT阶段可以包括更多的时隙。由此,A-BFT阶段中的时隙数目可以变为:1到A-BFT Length*(1+A-BFT Multiplier),其中,A-BFT Multiplier可以包括0、1、2、3四个值。类似的,EDMG STA生成随机数仍然遵循均匀分布,生成的随机数的范围为[0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT*A-BFT Multiplier)(即随机数的范围为0至A-BFT Length+A-BFT*A-BFT Multiplier-1),对应1到32个slot。In 802.11ay, EDMG STA can still send DMG beacon frames when sending beacon frames, thus maintaining compatibility with 802.11ad. However, 802.11ay also made some updates in the DMG beacon frame. For example, B44-B45 in the beacon interval control field in the original beacon frame are reserved in 802.11ad, while in 802.11ay , B44-B45 are updated to the A-BFT factor (Multiplier) (also called A-BFT multiple, etc.) field. The A-BFT factor field is used to indicate the A-BFT factor. By updating B44-B45 to the A-BFT factor field, the A-BFT phase can include more time slots for EDMG STA. Therefore, the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage can become: 1 to A-BFT Length*(1+A-BFT Multiplier), where A-BFT Multiplier can include four values: 0, 1, 2, and 3 . Similarly, the random numbers generated by EDMG STA still follow the uniform distribution, and the range of the generated random numbers is [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT*A-BFT Multiplier) (that is, the range of random numbers is 0 to A-BFT Length +A-BFT*A-BFT Multiplier-1), corresponding to 1 to 32 slots.
示例性的,A-BFT length=7,A-BFT Multiplier=3,则对于DMG STA来说,A-BFT阶段包括7个时隙;对于EDMG STA来说,A-BFT阶段可以包括28个时隙(7+7*3=28)。如EDMG STA可以使用回退方法,以及根据BTI阶段的结束时间和A-BFT因子字段所指示的A-BFT因子确定BTI阶段中增加的额外用于传输SSW帧的时隙。信标帧包括持续时间字段(duration field),该持续时间字段用于指示BTI阶段的结束时间(如图3a所示的结束时间)。由此,EDMG STA可以基于该持续时间字段、A-BFT长度字段与A-BFT因子字段确定BTI阶段的实际时间与增加的额外用于传输SSW帧的时隙范围。也就是说,对于EDMG STA来说,BTI阶段涵盖了DMG信标帧的传输与A-BFT阶段中上述增加的额外的SSW时隙的传输。仍以上述所示的例子A-BFT length=7,A-BFT Multiplier=3为例,对于DMG STA来说,在持续时间字段所指示的结束时间之后的7个时隙为A-BFT阶段的时隙范围;对于EDMG STA来说,在持续时间字段所指示的结束时间之前回退21个时隙为BTI阶段中增加的额外用于传输SSW帧的时隙范围,即对于EDMG STA来说,A-BFT阶段的实际时隙数目为28个(持续时间字段所指示的结束时间之后的7个时隙,以及结束时间之前的21个时隙)。For example, A-BFT length=7, A-BFT Multiplier=3, then for DMG STA, the A-BFT phase includes 7 time slots; for EDMG STA, the A-BFT phase can include 28 time slots. gap (7+7*3=28). For example, EDMG STA can use the fallback method and determine the additional time slots added in the BTI phase for transmitting SSW frames based on the end time of the BTI phase and the A-BFT factor indicated by the A-BFT factor field. The beacon frame includes a duration field, which is used to indicate the end time of the BTI phase (the end time shown in Figure 3a). Therefore, the EDMG STA can determine the actual time of the BTI phase and the additional time slot range for transmitting SSW frames based on the duration field, the A-BFT length field and the A-BFT factor field. That is to say, for EDMG STA, the BTI phase covers the transmission of DMG beacon frames and the transmission of the additional SSW time slots added above in the A-BFT phase. Still taking the example A-BFT length=7 and A-BFT Multiplier=3 shown above as an example, for DMG STA, the 7 time slots after the end time indicated by the duration field are the A-BFT phase. Timeslot range; for EDMG STA, backing off 21 timeslots before the end time indicated by the duration field is the additional timeslot range added in the BTI phase for transmitting SSW frames, that is, for EDMG STA, The actual number of slots in the A-BFT phase is 28 (7 slots after the end time indicated by the duration field, and 21 slots before the end time).
图3a是本申请实施例提供的BTI阶段和A-BFT阶段的时隙示意图。如图3a所示,对于EDMG STA来说,A-BFT阶段所包括的时隙数目既包括基于A-BFT长度确定的时隙数目(如图3a所示的矩形1),也包括基于BTI阶段的结束时间以及A-BFT因子确定的时隙数目(如图3a所示的矩形2)。可理解,图3a所示的矩形1和矩形2分别表示不同类型的时隙。可理解,图3a至图3d中,相同图案的矩形可以认为是同一种矩形,图3a至图3d中未标号示出的矩形的标号可以参考相同图案的已标号示出的矩形的标号。Figure 3a is a time slot diagram of the BTI phase and the A-BFT phase provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3a, for EDMG STA, the number of time slots included in the A-BFT stage includes both the number of time slots determined based on the A-BFT length (rectangle 1 shown in Figure 3a), and the number of time slots based on the BTI stage. The end time and the number of time slots determined by the A-BFT factor (rectangle 2 as shown in Figure 3a). It can be understood that rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 shown in Figure 3a respectively represent different types of time slots. It can be understood that in Figures 3a to 3d, rectangles of the same pattern can be considered to be the same type of rectangles, and the numbers of unnumbered rectangles in Figures 3a to 3d can refer to the numbers of numbered rectangles of the same pattern.
对于DMG STA来说,即使是BTI中包含额外的时隙,但是DMG STA仍然会认为其属于BTI阶段。只是在如图3a所示的额外增加的时隙(如图3a所示的矩形2)上,AP不会发送信标帧,DMGSTA不会接收到信标帧。实际上,由于信标帧本身就是按照不同方向发射的,因此从DMG STA的角度来说,某个时隙(如图3a所示的矩形2对应的时隙)接收不到信标帧也是存在的。For DMG STA, even if the BTI contains additional time slots, DMG STA will still consider it to belong to the BTI phase. Only on the additional time slot shown in Figure 3a (rectangle 2 shown in Figure 3a), the AP will not send the beacon frame, and DMGSTA will not receive the beacon frame. In fact, since the beacon frame itself is transmitted in different directions, from the perspective of the DMG STA, it is also possible that a certain time slot (the time slot corresponding to rectangle 2 as shown in Figure 3a) cannot receive the beacon frame. of.
可理解,本申请所示的EDMG STA也可以称为11ay设备,DMG STA也可以称为11ab设备,图4和图5所示的STA也可以称为感知设备或支持802.11bf的设备等,本申请实施例 对于各个STA的具体名称不作限定。It can be understood that the EDMG STA shown in this application can also be called an 11ay device, the DMG STA can also be called an 11ab device, and the STA shown in Figures 4 and 5 can also be called a sensing device or a device supporting 802.11bf, etc. This application Application examples The specific name of each STA is not limited.
可理解,本申请实施例所示的一个时隙可以等于空口传播时间+扇区扫描时间(a SSDuration)+介质波束赋形帧间隔(medium beamforming interfream space,MBIFS)+扇区扫描反馈时间(a SSFBDuration)+MBIFS。其中,空口传播时间可以表示发起方与应答方之间的传播延迟;aSSDuration可以理解为应答方提供了高达在FSS中指示的SSW帧数目对应的时间,aSSFBDuration可以理解为发起方提供了执行SSW反馈帧的时间。或者,一个时隙也可以理解为:aSSSlotTime=aAirPropagationTime+aSSDuration+MBIFS+aSSFBDuration+MBIFS。可理解,关于一个时隙的具体时长可以参考相关标准或协议,如802.11ad等。可理解,这里所示的一个时隙的具体时长仅为示例,随着标准的演进,一个时隙的具体时长可能会发生变化,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It can be understood that a time slot shown in the embodiment of the present application can be equal to air interface propagation time + sector scanning time (a SSDuration) + medium beamforming interfream space (MBIFS) + sector scanning feedback time (a SSFBDuration)+MBIFS. Among them, the air interface propagation time can represent the propagation delay between the initiator and the responder; aSSDuration can be understood as the responder providing the time corresponding to the number of SSW frames indicated in the FSS, and aSSFBDuration can be understood as the initiator providing feedback for executing SSW frame time. Alternatively, a time slot can also be understood as: aSSSlotTime=aAirPropagationTime+aSSDuration+MBIFS+aSSFBDuration+MBIFS. It is understandable that for the specific duration of a time slot, reference may be made to relevant standards or protocols, such as 802.11ad, etc. It can be understood that the specific duration of a time slot shown here is only an example. With the evolution of standards, the specific duration of a time slot may change, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
上述AP和STA或者不同的STA之间在传输信号时,信号在传输的过程中会经过各种障碍物,因此,该信号的相关信息可以用于对传输路径上的环境进行感知。示例性的,STA和AP可以在信标间隔(beacon interval,BI)中进行感知。也就是说,基于图2所示的BI,不仅可以进行波束赋形,而且还可以进行感知。同时,随着WLAN感知技术的发展,AP与STA之间如何进行感知,如在哪些时隙上进行感知是目前研究的热点。When the above-mentioned AP and STA or different STAs transmit signals, the signals will pass through various obstacles during the transmission process. Therefore, the relevant information of the signal can be used to perceive the environment on the transmission path. For example, the STA and the AP can sense in the beacon interval (beacon interval, BI). That is to say, based on the BI shown in Figure 2, not only beamforming but also sensing is possible. At the same time, with the development of WLAN sensing technology, how to perform sensing between AP and STA, such as which time slots to perform sensing, are currently hot research topics.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种感知方法和装置,能够在合适的时隙执行感知。为便于描述,下文将以AP和STA为例说明本申请实施例提供的方法。In view of this, embodiments of the present application provide a sensing method and device that can perform sensing in an appropriate time slot. For ease of description, the method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below using AP and STA as examples.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种感知方法的流程示意图,如图4所示,该方法包括:Figure 4 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
401、AP在BTI阶段向STA发送第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定STA执行感知时的可用时隙。对应的,STA接收该第一帧。401. The AP sends the first frame to the STA in the BTI phase. The first frame includes a first field. The first field is used to determine the available time slots when the STA performs sensing. Correspondingly, the STA receives the first frame.
本申请实施例中,第一帧可以包括信标帧。In this embodiment of the present application, the first frame may include a beacon frame.
信标帧除了包括第一字段之外,还包括持续时间字段(duration field),该持续时间字段用于指示BTI阶段的结束时间,如图3b和图3c所示的结束时间。以及该信标帧还包括信标间隔控制(beacon interval control)字段,该信标间隔控制字段包括A-BFT长度字段和A-BFT因子字段,该A-BFT长度字段可以用于承载A-BFT长度,A-BFT因子可以用于承载A-BFT因子。例如,对于DMG STA来说,A-BFT长度可以用于指示A-BFT阶段的时隙数目。又例如,对于EDMG STA来说,A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子用于指示A-BFT阶段的时隙数目。关于A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子的说明可以参考上文关于图3a中的矩形1和矩形2的描述,这里不再一一详述。以及该信标帧包括下个DMG ATI元素(Next DMG ATI element),该下个DMG ATI元素包括起始时间(start time)字段和ATI持续时间(ATI duration)字段,该起始时间字段用于指示ATI阶段的开始时间,该ATI持续时间字段用于指示ATI阶段的持续时间。可理解,下个DMG ATI元素所指示的起始时间和持续时间对应的ATI阶段可以与信标帧对应的BTI阶段在同一个BI中,或者,下个DMG ATI元素所指示的起始时间和持续时间对应的ATI阶段位于信标帧对应的BTI阶段所在BI的后续BI中(如当前BI中的信标帧中的下个DMG ATI元素所指示的是下个BI中的ATI阶段的起始时间和持续时间)。可理解,关于信标帧中的持续时间字段、信标间隔控制字段和下个DMG ATI元素的详细介绍可以参考相关标准或协议(如802.11ay或802.11ad)等,这里不再一一详述。In addition to the first field, the beacon frame also includes a duration field, which is used to indicate the end time of the BTI phase, such as the end time shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3c. And the beacon frame also includes a beacon interval control (beacon interval control) field. The beacon interval control field includes an A-BFT length field and an A-BFT factor field. The A-BFT length field can be used to carry A-BFT. The length,A-BFT factor can be used to carry the A-BFT factor. For example, for DMG STA, the A-BFT length can be used to indicate the number of slots in the A-BFT phase. For another example, for EDMG STA, the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor are used to indicate the number of slots in the A-BFT stage. For descriptions of the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor, please refer to the above description of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 in Figure 3a, and will not be described in detail here. And the beacon frame includes the next DMG ATI element (Next DMG ATI element). The next DMG ATI element includes a start time field and an ATI duration field. The start time field is used for Indicates the start time of the ATI phase, and the ATI duration field is used to indicate the duration of the ATI phase. It can be understood that the ATI phase corresponding to the start time and duration indicated by the next DMG ATI element can be in the same BI as the BTI phase corresponding to the beacon frame, or the start time and duration indicated by the next DMG ATI element The ATI phase corresponding to the time is located in the subsequent BI of the BI where the BTI phase corresponding to the beacon frame is located (for example, the next DMG ATI element in the beacon frame in the current BI indicates the start time of the ATI phase in the next BI. and duration). It is understandable that for detailed introduction to the duration field, beacon interval control field and next DMG ATI element in the beacon frame, please refer to relevant standards or protocols (such as 802.11ay or 802.11ad), etc., and will not be detailed here. .
可理解,对于本申请实施例提供的STA来说,其根据A-BFT长度字段和A-BFT因子字段,可以获知A-BFT阶段的时隙数目包括BTI阶段中额外增加的时隙数目以及基于A-BFT长度字段获得的时隙数目。 It can be understood that for the STA provided in the embodiment of the present application, according to the A-BFT length field and the A-BFT factor field, it can be known that the number of time slots in the A-BFT phase includes the additional number of time slots in the BTI phase and based on The number of slots obtained by the A-BFT length field.
可用时隙可以理解为:可用的感知时隙,或者STA执行感知时可以使用的时隙范围,或者STA执行感知时可能使用的时隙范围,或者STA执行感知时所能随机选择的时隙范围,或者STA执行感知时随机选择时隙的随机数的范围,或者STA执行感知时允许使用的时隙范围,或者STA传输第二帧所允许使用的时隙范围,或者传输感知结果对应的第二帧的时隙范围。对于STA实际使用的时隙(如下文所示的第一时隙)是否是可用时隙的全部,可以参考下文步骤402中关于第一时隙的说明。Available time slots can be understood as: available sensing time slots, or the range of time slots that the STA can use when performing sensing, or the range of time slots that the STA can use when performing sensing, or the range of time slots that the STA can randomly select when performing sensing. , or the range of random numbers that the STA randomly selects when performing sensing, or the range of time slots that the STA is allowed to use when performing sensing, or the range of time slots that the STA is allowed to use when transmitting the second frame, or the second time slot corresponding to the transmission sensing result. The time slot range of the frame. Regarding whether the time slot actually used by the STA (such as the first time slot shown below) is all the available time slots, refer to the description about the first time slot in step 402 below.
可选的,可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段。例如,对于图3b所示的感知设备(可以理解为本申请实施例所示的STA和AP)来说,图3b所示的矩形3可以理解为可用时隙包含于BTI阶段,图3b所示的矩形2和矩形3可以理解为可用时隙包含于BTI阶段,图3b所示的矩形1、矩形2和矩形3包含于BTI阶段和A-BFT阶段(即可用时隙中的部分时隙包含于BTI阶段,可用时隙中的另一部分时隙包含于A-BFT阶段)。又例如,对于图3c所示的感知设备来说,图3c所示的矩形3可以理解为可用时隙包含于BTI阶段和A-BFT阶段。可理解,图3c所示的可用时隙仅为示例,对于图3c来说,可用时隙也可以包含于BTI阶段,或者,可用时隙包含于A-BFT阶段。可理解,本申请实施例所示的矩形2是以DMG STA为例说明的,即对于DMG STA来说,矩形2属于BTI阶段。然而,对于EDMG STA来说,矩形2属于A-BFT阶段。为保持统一,下文均以矩形2属于BTI阶段为例说明本申请实施例提供的方法。Optionally, the available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: BTI phase or A-BFT phase. For example, for the sensing device shown in Figure 3b (which can be understood as the STA and AP shown in the embodiment of this application), the rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3b can be understood as the available time slots included in the BTI phase, as shown in Figure 3b The rectangle 2 and rectangle 3 can be understood as the available time slots are included in the BTI stage. The rectangle 1, rectangle 2 and rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3b are included in the BTI stage and the A-BFT stage (that is, part of the available time slots are included in the BTI stage). In the BTI phase, another part of the available time slots is included in the A-BFT phase). For another example, for the sensing device shown in Figure 3c, rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3c can be understood to mean that the available time slots are included in the BTI stage and the A-BFT stage. It can be understood that the available time slots shown in Figure 3c are only examples. For Figure 3c, the available time slots can also be included in the BTI stage, or the available time slots can be included in the A-BFT stage. It can be understood that the rectangle 2 shown in the embodiment of this application is explained using DMG STA as an example, that is, for the DMG STA, the rectangle 2 belongs to the BTI stage. However, for EDMG STA, rectangle 2 belongs to the A-BFT stage. To maintain uniformity, the method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below by taking rectangle 2 belonging to the BTI stage as an example.
需要说明的是,802.11ay标准在扩展A-BFT阶段的时隙时,主要考虑的因素是前向和802.11ad标准保持兼容,因此本申请实施例均是以802.11ad标准中或DMG STA所遵循的不同阶段的时隙划分规则来进行介绍。但是,本领域技术人员可以理解随着标准的演进和设备的发展,不同阶段所对应的功能可能会有增加,同时不同阶段所对应的时隙的划分规则也会随之变化而变化,本领域技术人员可以灵活变通。It should be noted that when the 802.11ay standard expands the time slots in the A-BFT phase, the main consideration is to maintain compatibility with the 802.11ad standard in the forward direction. Therefore, the embodiments of this application are based on the 802.11ad standard or the DMG STA. The time slot division rules at different stages are introduced. However, those skilled in the art can understand that with the evolution of standards and the development of equipment, the functions corresponding to different stages may increase, and at the same time, the division rules of time slots corresponding to different stages will also change accordingly. Technicians can be flexible.
可理解,本申请实施例对于图3b至图3d中每个矩形所表示的时隙个数不作限定。同时,图3b至图3d所示的矩形个数仅为示例,不应将其理解为对本申请实施例的限定。It can be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of time slots represented by each rectangle in Figure 3b to Figure 3d. At the same time, the number of rectangles shown in Figures 3b to 3d is only an example and should not be understood as limiting the embodiments of the present application.
可选的,可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段。示例性的,对于图3d所示的感知设备来说,图3d所示的矩形3可以理解为可用时隙包含于ATI阶段,图3d所示的矩形1和矩形3可以理解为可用时隙包含于A-BFT阶段和ATI阶段(即可用时隙中的部分时隙包含于A-BFT阶段,可用时隙中的另一部分时隙包含于ATI阶段)。Optionally, available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases: A-BFT phase or ATI phase. For example, for the sensing device shown in Figure 3d, rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3d can be understood to mean that the available time slots are included in the ATI stage, and rectangles 1 and 3 shown in Figure 3d can be understood to mean that the available time slots include In the A-BFT phase and the ATI phase (that is, part of the available time slots is included in the A-BFT phase, and another part of the available time slots is included in the ATI phase).
可理解,可用时隙还可以包含于BTI阶段、A-BFT阶段和ATI阶段。如对于图3d所示的感知设备来说,矩形1、矩形2和矩形3可以理解为可用时隙包含于BTI阶段、A-BFT阶段和ATI阶段。It can be understood that the available time slots may also be included in the BTI phase, the A-BFT phase and the ATI phase. For the sensing device shown in Figure 3d, rectangle 1, rectangle 2 and rectangle 3 can be understood as available time slots included in the BTI phase, A-BFT phase and ATI phase.
402、STA在第一时隙发送一个或多个第二帧。对应的,AP在第一时隙接收该一个或多个第二帧。402. The STA sends one or more second frames in the first time slot. Correspondingly, the AP receives the one or more second frames in the first time slot.
本申请实施例中,一个时隙可以传输一个或多个第二帧。第一时隙可以包括一个或多个时隙。当通过多个时隙发送第二帧时,由于第二帧的数量较多,因此能够有效提高AP进行感知的准确度。In this embodiment of the present application, one time slot can transmit one or more second frames. The first time slot may include one or more time slots. When the second frame is sent through multiple time slots, since the number of second frames is larger, the accuracy of AP sensing can be effectively improved.
第二帧可以包括SSW帧、短SSW帧,或感知SSW帧等,对于SSW帧或短SSW帧的说明可以参考上文关于图3a的描述,这里不再一一详述。感知SSW帧可以为用于感知的SSW物理层(physical,PHY)协议数据单元(PHY protocol data unit,PPDU),该SSW PPDU的长度可以与802.11ad中的SSW PPDU(如SSW帧)不同,或者,可以与802.11ay中的短SSW PPDU(短SSW帧)不同。感知SSW帧可以更加适应感知的需求,STA在每个时隙中传输 的感知SSW帧的数目可以与802.11ad中传输的SSW帧的数目不同(或相同),或者,与802.11ay中传输短SSW帧的数目不同(或相同)。示例性的,SSW PPDU(也可以称为感知SSW帧等)可以包括与感知相关的信令,或用于感知的训练(training,TRN)字段(该字段可以用于AP或STA进一步感知)。一个时隙中可以传输的SSW PPDU的数目可以由FSS字段指示,对于该FSS字段的理解方式可以参考802.11ay中对于FSS字段的解读,这里不再一一详述。The second frame may include an SSW frame, a short SSW frame, a perceptual SSW frame, etc. For the description of the SSW frame or the short SSW frame, please refer to the above description of FIG. 3a, which will not be described in detail here. The sensing SSW frame may be an SSW physical layer (PHY) protocol data unit (PHY protocol data unit, PPDU) used for sensing, and the length of the SSW PPDU may be different from the SSW PPDU (such as an SSW frame) in 802.11ad, or , which can be different from the short SSW PPDU (short SSW frame) in 802.11ay. The sensing SSW frame can be more adapted to the sensing needs, and the STA transmits it in each time slot The number of sensed SSW frames may be different from (or the same as) the number of transmitted SSW frames in 802.11ad, or different from (or the same as) the number of transmitted short SSW frames in 802.11ay. For example, the SSW PPDU (which may also be called a sensing SSW frame, etc.) may include signaling related to sensing, or a training (TRN) field for sensing (this field may be used for further sensing by the AP or STA). The number of SSW PPDUs that can be transmitted in a time slot can be indicated by the FSS field. For the understanding of the FSS field, please refer to the interpretation of the FSS field in 802.11ay, which will not be described in detail here.
以下详细说明本申请实施例所示的第一字段、第一时隙和可用时隙。The first field, the first time slot and the available time slots shown in the embodiment of the present application are described in detail below.
实现方式一、Implementation method 1.
第一字段用于指示感知A-BFT长度,该感知A-BFT长度用于确定可用时隙的时隙数目。The first field is used to indicate the perceived A-BFT length, which is used to determine the number of available time slots.
感知A-BFT长度可以理解为在BTI阶段增加的额外用于感知的时隙范围,或在ATI阶段增加的额外用于感知的时隙范围。该感知A-BFT长度可以理解为如图3b和图3d所示的矩形3。基于该感知A-BFT长度可以确定可用时隙的时隙数目。可用时隙的起始时间(也可以称为起始时隙等)可以基于A-BFT因子和感知A-BFT长度回退得到。The sensing A-BFT length can be understood as the additional time slot range used for sensing added in the BTI stage, or the additional time slot range used for sensing added in the ATI stage. The perceived A-BFT length can be understood as a rectangle 3 as shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3d. The number of available time slots can be determined based on the perceived A-BFT length. The starting time of the available time slot (which may also be called the starting time slot, etc.) can be obtained based on the A-BFT factor and the perceived A-BFT length backoff.
需要说明的是,以上对感知A-BFT长度的说明是为了更清楚的说明相对于802.11ay标准中增加的用于感知的时隙。不应将感知A-BFT长度所指示的时隙范围理解为STA只能在该感知A-BFT长度所指示的时隙范围内执行感知。该感知A-BFT长度可以用于确定可用时隙。示例性的,该感知A-BFT长度所指示的时隙范围可以与本申请实施例所示的可用时隙的时隙范围相同。示例性的,该感知A-BFT长度所指示的时隙范围还可以是可用时隙中的一部分。It should be noted that the above description of the length of the sensing A-BFT is to explain more clearly the time slots used for sensing compared to the 802.11ay standard. Sensing the time slot range indicated by the sensing A-BFT length should not be understood to mean that the STA can only perform sensing within the time slot range indicated by the sensing A-BFT length. This perceived A-BFT length can be used to determine available time slots. For example, the time slot range indicated by the perceived A-BFT length may be the same as the time slot range of available time slots shown in the embodiment of this application. For example, the time slot range indicated by the perceived A-BFT length may also be a part of the available time slots.
方式A,Stotal=Sensing A-BFT Length(如图3b所示的方式一或图3d所示的方式四)。其中,Stotal表示可用时隙的时隙数目,Sensing A-BFT Length表示感知A-BFT长度。基于感知A-BFT长度、BTI阶段的结束时间、A-BFT因子以及A-BFT长度可以确定可用时隙。Method A, S total =Sensing A-BFT Length (method one as shown in Figure 3b or method four as shown in Figure 3d). Among them, S total represents the number of available time slots, and Sensing A-BFT Length represents the sensing A-BFT length. The available time slots can be determined based on the perceived A-BFT length, the end time of the BTI phase, the A-BFT factor, and the A-BFT length.
例如,对于图3b来说,STA可以基于A-BFT因子、A-BFT长度和BTI阶段的结束时间确定在BTI阶段中额外增加的A-BFT阶段的时隙,然后基于该额外增加的A-BFT阶段的时隙回退感知A-BFT长度,以获得可用时隙的起始时间,该可用时隙的起始时间可以用于确定随机数与时隙之间的对应关系。可理解,本申请实施例所示的STA确定可用时隙的起始时间的步骤仅为示例,不应将其理解为对本申请实施例的限定。又例如,对于图3d来说,STA可以基于下个DMG ATI元素中所指示的ATI阶段的起始时间获得可用时隙的起始时间,以及基于该感知A-BFT长度获得ATI阶段真实的起始时间。也就是说,对ATI阶段进行占用的方式可以通过告知ATI阶段虚假的起始时间得到(即实际的ATI阶段的起始时间晚一些),这样A-BFT阶段到ATI阶段中间多出的区间可以用来传输第二帧。For example, for Figure 3b, the STA can determine the additional time slot of the A-BFT phase in the BTI phase based on the A-BFT factor, the A-BFT length and the end time of the BTI phase, and then based on the additional A-BFT phase The time slot rollback in the BFT stage senses the A-BFT length to obtain the starting time of the available time slot. The starting time of the available time slot can be used to determine the correspondence between the random number and the time slot. It can be understood that the steps for the STA to determine the starting time of the available time slots shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples, and should not be understood as limiting the embodiments of the present application. For another example, for Figure 3d, the STA can obtain the starting time of the available time slot based on the starting time of the ATI phase indicated in the next DMG ATI element, and obtain the true starting time of the ATI phase based on the perceived A-BFT length. start time. In other words, the way to occupy the ATI stage can be obtained by telling the false start time of the ATI stage (that is, the actual start time of the ATI stage is later), so that the extra interval between the A-BFT stage and the ATI stage can be Used to transmit the second frame.
第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,第一时隙可以包括一个或多个时隙。如STA生成随机数时可以遵循均匀分布,如随机数的范围为[0,SensingA-BFT Length)或[0,SensingA-BFT Length-1]或[1,SensingA-BFT Length]。例如,第一字段的比特长度为5个比特,即可用时隙的时隙范围为1-32(包括1和32),随机数的范围可以为[0,32)。又例如,第一字段的比特长度为4个比特,即可用时隙的时隙范围为1-16(包括1和16),随机数的范围可以为[0,16)。本申请实施例对于第一字段的比特长度不作限定。例如,STA执行感知时的可用时隙是2个,则随机数0表示选择可用时隙中的第一个时隙,随机数1表示选择可用时隙中的第二个时隙。The first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, and the first time slot may include one or more time slots. For example, STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers. For example, the range of random numbers is [0, SensingA-BFT Length) or [0, SensingA-BFT Length-1] or [1, SensingA-BFT Length]. For example, the bit length of the first field is 5 bits, that is, the time slot range of available time slots is 1-32 (including 1 and 32), and the range of random numbers can be [0, 32). For another example, the bit length of the first field is 4 bits, that is, the time slot range of available time slots is 1-16 (including 1 and 16), and the range of random numbers can be [0,16). This embodiment of the present application does not limit the bit length of the first field. For example, when the STA performs sensing, the available time slots are 2, then the random number 0 means selecting the first time slot among the available time slots, and the random number 1 means selecting the second time slot among the available time slots.
需要说明的是,一个随机数可以对应一个时隙,或者,一个随机数对应多个时隙(如两个时隙或三个时隙等),本申请实施例对此不作限定。例如,STA从随机数的范围中选择的随机数为2,则在一个随机数对应一个时隙的情况下,该随机数2可以对应可用时隙中的第三个时隙;在一个随机数对应两个时隙的情况下,该随机数2可以对应可用时隙中的两个时隙, 如第三个时隙和第四个时隙;在一个随机数对应三个时隙的情况下,可以对应可用时隙中的第二个时隙至第四个时隙,或者,第三个时隙至第五个时隙。可理解,这里所示的随机数与时隙之间的对应关系仅为示例,在第一时隙所包括的时隙个数大于1时,该第一时隙中所包括的时隙之间是否连续,本申请实施例不作限定。对于第一时隙的说明,下文同样适用。It should be noted that one random number may correspond to one time slot, or one random number may correspond to multiple time slots (such as two time slots or three time slots, etc.), which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application. For example, if the random number selected by STA from the range of random numbers is 2, then when one random number corresponds to one time slot, the random number 2 can correspond to the third time slot among the available time slots; in the case of a random number When corresponding to two time slots, the random number 2 can correspond to two time slots among the available time slots. Such as the third time slot and the fourth time slot; when a random number corresponds to three time slots, it can correspond to the second to fourth time slots in the available time slots, or the third time slot. time slot to the fifth time slot. It can be understood that the correspondence between random numbers and time slots shown here is only an example. When the number of time slots included in the first time slot is greater than 1, the time slots included in the first time slot Whether it is continuous or not is not limited by the embodiments of this application. For the description of the first time slot, the following also applies.
对于方式A来说,STA执行感知时的可用时隙通过第一字段独立设置,尽量减小了其他参数对STA执行感知时的可用时隙的影响,而且也不会影响DMG STA的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目和EDMG STA的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目。从而,有效减小了设备之间选择时隙时的冲突现象,保证了感知设备感知的效率,也保证了11ay和11ad设备进行通信的效率。For mode A, the available time slots when the STA performs sensing are set independently through the first field, which minimizes the impact of other parameters on the available time slots when the STA performs sensing, and does not affect the A-BFT of the DMG STA. The number of time slots in the phase and the number of time slots in the A-BFT phase of EDMG STA. Therefore, the conflict phenomenon when selecting time slots between devices is effectively reduced, ensuring the efficiency of sensing devices, and also ensuring the efficiency of communication between 11ay and 11ad devices.
方式B,Stotal=A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length(如图3b所示的方式二),或者,Stotal=A-BFT Length+Sensing A-BFT Length(如图3d所示的方式五)。其中,Stotal表示可用时隙的时隙数目,A-BFT Length表示A-BFT长度,A-BFT Multiplier表示A-BFT因子,Sensing A-BFT Length表示感知A-BFT长度。也就是说,可用时隙的时隙数目A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子有关。关于A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子的说明可以参考图3a,这里不再一一详述。Method B, S total =A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length (method 2 as shown in Figure 3b), or, S total =A-BFT Length+Sensing A-BFT Length (as shown in Figure 3b) Way 5 shown in 3D). Among them, S total represents the number of available time slots, A-BFT Length represents the A-BFT length, A-BFT Multiplier represents the A-BFT factor, and Sensing A-BFT Length represents the sensing A-BFT length. In other words, the number of available time slots, the A-BFT length, and the A-BFT factor are related. For an explanation of the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor, please refer to Figure 3a and will not be described in detail here.
例如,对于图3b来说,STA可以基于BTI阶段的结束时间回退一定的时隙长度获得可用时隙的起始时间,如该一定的时隙长度等于基于A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子确定的时隙数目(即A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)与感知A-BFT长度的和。可理解,本申请实施例所示的STA确定可用时隙的起始时间的步骤仅为示例,不应将其理解为对本申请实施例的限定。又例如,对于图3d来说,STA可以基于A-BFT长度获得可用时隙的起始时间,以及基于感知A-BFT长度获得ATI阶段真实的起始时间。For example, for Figure 3b, the STA can go back a certain time slot length based on the end time of the BTI phase to obtain the starting time of the available time slots. For example, the certain time slot length is equal to the starting time based on the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor. The sum of the determined number of time slots (i.e. A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier) and the perceived A-BFT length. It can be understood that the steps for the STA to determine the starting time of the available time slots shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples, and should not be understood as limiting the embodiments of the present application. For another example, for Figure 3d, the STA can obtain the starting time of the available time slot based on the A-BFT length, and obtain the real starting time of the ATI phase based on the perceived A-BFT length.
第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,如第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙。如STA可以生成随机数时可以遵循均匀分布,如随机数的范围为[0,A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length)或[0,A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length-1]或[1,A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length]。示例性的,第一字段的比特长度为4个比特,Sensing A-BFT Length的取值范围为1-16。例如,第一字段承载0101(即感知A-BFT长度为6个时隙),A-BFT Length=2,A-BFT Multiplier=3,则可用时隙的时隙数目为12,随机数的范围可以为[0,12)。本申请实施例对于第一字段的比特长度不作限定。The first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. For example, STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers. For example, the range of random numbers is [0,A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length) or [0,A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier +Sensing A-BFT Length-1] or [1,A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length]. For example, the bit length of the first field is 4 bits, and the value range of Sensing A-BFT Length is 1-16. For example, the first field carries 0101 (that is, the perceived A-BFT length is 6 time slots), A-BFT Length=2, A-BFT Multiplier=3, then the number of available time slots is 12, and the range of random numbers Can be [0,12). This embodiment of the present application does not limit the bit length of the first field.
对于方式B来说,通过第一字段与A-BFT长度、A-BFT因子的结合,有效增加了感知设备可以随机选择的时隙范围,即感知设备既可以在拓展的时隙(如图3b和图3d所示的矩形3)中传输第二帧,也可以在11ay拓展的时隙范围(如图3b和图3d所示的矩形2)中传输第二帧。For mode B, through the combination of the first field with the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor, the range of time slots that the sensing device can randomly select is effectively increased, that is, the sensing device can be used in the expanded time slots (as shown in Figure 3b). The second frame can be transmitted in the rectangle 3 shown in Figure 3d), or the second frame can be transmitted in the extended time slot range of 11ay (rectangle 2 shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3d).
方式C,Stotal=A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length(如图3b所示的方式三或图3d所示的方式六)。关于方式C的说明可以参考上述关于方式A和方式B的描述,这里不再一一详述。Method C, S total =A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length (method three as shown in Figure 3b or method six as shown in Figure 3d). For description of method C, please refer to the above description of method A and method B, which will not be described in detail here.
第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,如第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙,如STA生成随机数的范围可以为[0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length)或[0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length-1]或[1,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length]。The first time slot can be randomly determined from available time slots. For example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. For example, the range of random numbers generated by STA can be [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A- BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length) or [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length-1] or [1,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length× A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length].
对于方式C来说,通过第一字段与A-BFT长度、A-BFT因子的结合,有效增加了感知设备可以随机选择的时隙范围,即感知设备可以在拓展的时隙(如图3b和图3d所示的矩形3)中传输第二帧,也可以在11ay拓展的时隙范围(如图3b和图3d所示的矩形2)中传输第 二帧,又可以在11ad的时隙范围(如图3b和图3d所示的矩形1)中传输第二帧。For mode C, the combination of the first field with the A-BFT length and A-BFT factor effectively increases the time slot range that the sensing device can randomly select, that is, the sensing device can expand the time slot (as shown in Figure 3b and The second frame can be transmitted in rectangle 3) shown in Figure 3d, or the second frame can be transmitted in the extended time slot range of 11ay (rectangle 2 shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3d). The second frame can be transmitted in the time slot range of 11ad (rectangle 1 shown in Figure 3b and Figure 3d).
实现方式二、Implementation method 2.
第一字段用于指示感知A-BFT因子,该感知A-BFT因子用于确定可用时隙的时隙数目。示例性的,该第一字段的比特长度为2比特,则感知A-BFT因子的取值范围为0、1、2、3。可理解,本申请实施例对于该第一字段的比特长度不作限定。如第一字段的比特长度可以为n,该n为正整数。可用时隙的起始时间可以基于A-BFT因子和感知A-BFT因子回退得到。可理解,当感知A-BFT因子的取值为0时,则可以表示可用时隙的时隙数目为0,即STA无法进行感知。The first field is used to indicate the perceived A-BFT factor, which is used to determine the number of time slots available. For example, if the bit length of the first field is 2 bits, then the value range of the perceptual A-BFT factor is 0, 1, 2, and 3. It can be understood that the embodiment of the present application does not limit the bit length of the first field. For example, the bit length of the first field may be n, where n is a positive integer. The starting time of the available time slot can be obtained based on the A-BFT factor and the perceived A-BFT factor backoff. It can be understood that when the value of the sensing A-BFT factor is 0, it can mean that the number of available time slots is 0, that is, the STA cannot perform sensing.
方式D,Stotal=A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier。第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,如第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙。STA可以生成随机数时可以遵循均匀分布,如随机数的范围为[0,A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier)或[0,A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1]或[1,A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier]。Method D, S total =A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier. The first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers. For example, the range of random numbers is [0,A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier) or [0,A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1] or [ 1,A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier].
对于方式D来说,基于感知A-BFT因子和A-BFT长度确定可用时隙的时隙数目,可减小第一字段的比特长度,从而减少第一帧的信令开销。For mode D, the number of available time slots is determined based on the perceived A-BFT factor and A-BFT length, which can reduce the bit length of the first field, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the first frame.
方式E,Stotal=(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier。第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,如第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙。STA可以生成随机数时可以遵循均匀分布,如随机数的范围为[0,(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier)或[0,(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1]或[1,(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier]。Method E, S total = (A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier. The first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers. For example, the range of random numbers is [0, (A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier) or [0, (A-BFT Length×A- BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1] or [1,(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier].
对于方式E来说,基于感知A-BFT因子、A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子确定可用时隙的时隙数目,第一字段可通过较小的比特长度获得比第一字段的比特长度所能够指示的更多的时隙范围,在可用时隙的时隙数目不变的基础上进一步减少了第一帧的信令开销。For mode E, the number of available time slots is determined based on the perceived A-BFT factor, A-BFT length and A-BFT factor. The first field can be obtained with a smaller bit length than the bit length of the first field. Being able to indicate more time slot ranges further reduces the signaling overhead of the first frame on the basis that the number of available time slots remains unchanged.
方式F,Stotal=(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier。第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,如第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙。STA可以生成随机数时可以遵循均匀分布,如随机数的范围为[0,(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier)或[0,(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1]或[1,(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier]。Method F, S total = (A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier. The first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers. For example, the range of random numbers is [0,(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier) or [0,(A- BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1] or [1,(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier].
通过方式F所示的确定可用时隙的时隙数目的方法,在可用时隙的时隙数目不变的基础上,进一步减少了第一帧的信令开销。Through the method of determining the number of available time slots shown in mode F, the signaling overhead of the first frame is further reduced on the basis that the number of available time slots remains unchanged.
方式G,Stotal={0,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)]×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier}。第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,如第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙。STA可以生成随机数时可以遵循均匀分布,如随机数的范围为[0,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)]×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier)或[0,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)]×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier-1]或[1,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)]×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier]。Method G, S total ={0,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)]×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier}. The first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. STA can follow a uniform distribution when generating random numbers. For example, the range of random numbers is [0,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)]×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier) or [0,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)]×Sensing A -BFT Multiplier-1] or [1,A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)+[A-BFT Length+(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)]×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier] .
可理解,实现方式二中关于各个参数(如Stotal表示可用时隙的时隙数目,A-BFT Length表示A-BFT长度,A-BFT Multiplier表示A-BFT因子,Sensing A-BFT Length表示感知A-BFT长度)的说明可以参考上文,这里不再一一详述。 It is understandable that in the second implementation, various parameters (such as S total represents the number of available time slots, A-BFT Length represents the A-BFT length, A-BFT Multiplier represents the A-BFT factor, and Sensing A-BFT Length represents sensing The description of A-BFT length) can be referred to above and will not be described in detail here.
对于上述方式D、方式E、方式F和方式G来说,可用时隙可以对应图3b和图3d中的矩形3。For the above-mentioned modes D, E, F and G, the available time slots may correspond to rectangle 3 in Figure 3b and Figure 3d.
可理解,对于方式B、方式C、方式E、方式F和方式G来说,可以为STA设置权重,该权重用于增加STA随机选择的时隙落在感知A-BFT长度内的概率。也就是说,通过设置权重可以对随机选择的比重进行调节,使得感知设备更容易落在某感知A-BFT长度的范围内。该权重可以是由协议或标准预先设置的,或者是由AP通过第一帧携带的,如该权重以字段的形式承载于第一帧中,本申请实施例对于权重的具体设置方式不作限定,以及对于该权重的具体取值不作限定。It can be understood that for mode B, mode C, mode E, mode F and mode G, a weight can be set for the STA, and the weight is used to increase the probability that the time slot randomly selected by the STA falls within the sensing A-BFT length. In other words, the randomly selected proportion can be adjusted by setting the weight, making it easier for the sensing device to fall within the range of a certain sensing A-BFT length. The weight may be preset by a protocol or standard, or carried by the AP through the first frame. If the weight is carried in the first frame in the form of a field, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific setting method of the weight. And there is no limit to the specific value of this weight.
实现方式三、Implementation method three.
可用时隙包含于基于A-BFT长度的时隙范围(如基于A-BFT长度得到的时隙范围)以及BTI中额外增加的用于传输SSW帧的时隙范围(如基于A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子得到的时隙范围)内。上述实现方式一和实现方式二中,如图3b所示,可用时隙可能包括BTI中除用于传输SSW帧的时隙之外的时隙,然而对于实现方式三来说,如图3c所示,可用时隙可以理解为从A-BFT长度的时隙范围(如A-BFT Length)以及BTI中额外增加的用于传输SSW帧的时隙范围(如A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)中确定的。The available time slots include the time slot range based on the A-BFT length (such as the time slot range based on the A-BFT length) and the additional time slot range in the BTI for transmitting SSW frames (such as the time slot range based on the A-BFT length and within the time slot range obtained by the A-BFT factor). In the above implementation methods one and two, as shown in Figure 3b, the available time slots may include time slots in the BTI other than the time slots used to transmit SSW frames. However, for implementation method three, as shown in Figure 3c shows that the available time slots can be understood as the time slot range from the A-BFT length (such as A-BFT Length) and the additional time slot range in the BTI for transmitting SSW frames (such as A-BFT Length × A-BFT Multiplier ) determined in.
方式H,第一字段用于指示可用时隙的起始时隙位置、结束时隙位置或时隙数目中的至少一项。Mode H, the first field is used to indicate at least one of the starting time slot position, the ending time slot position, or the number of time slots of the available time slots.
例如,第一字段可以用于指示可用时隙的起始时隙位置和结束时隙位置。又例如,第一字段可以用于指示可用时隙的起始时隙位置和时隙数目。又例如,如果起始时隙位置可以预先设置为:在BTI阶段,基于A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier回退得到的时隙位置,则第一字段可以用于指示结束时隙位置或时隙数目。又例如,如果时隙数目由标准或协议定义,则第一字段可以用于指示起始时隙位置或结束时隙位置。第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,如第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙。随机数的范围可以基于可用时隙的时隙数目确定。这里不再一一详述。For example, the first field may be used to indicate the starting slot position and the ending slot position of the available time slots. For another example, the first field may be used to indicate the starting slot position and the number of slots of available slots. For another example, if the starting slot position can be preset to: in the BTI stage, the slot position obtained based on A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier rollback, then the first field can be used to indicate the ending slot position or time. number of gaps. As another example, if the number of slots is defined by a standard or protocol, the first field may be used to indicate the starting slot position or the ending slot position. The first time slot may be randomly determined from available time slots, for example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. The range of random numbers may be determined based on the number of slots available. I won’t go into detail here.
示例性的,当可用时隙中的时隙连续时,时隙数目可以包括感知A-BFT长度,即用一段时隙长度表示可用时隙的时隙数目。例如,第一字段包括起始时隙位置和时隙数目。又例如,第一字段包括结束时隙位置和时隙数目。示例性的,当可用时隙中的时隙不连续时,第一字段可以用于指示多个不连续的时隙的位置。例如,第一字段可以用于指示多个时隙的起始时隙位置和多个时隙的结束时隙位置。For example, when the time slots in the available time slots are continuous, the number of time slots may include the perceptual A-BFT length, that is, using a time slot length to represent the number of time slots of the available time slots. For example, the first field includes the starting slot position and the number of slots. For another example, the first field includes the end slot position and the slot number. For example, when the time slots among the available time slots are discontinuous, the first field may be used to indicate the positions of multiple discontinuous time slots. For example, the first field may be used to indicate a starting slot position of a plurality of time slots and an ending slot position of a plurality of time slots.
需要说明的是,以上所示的方式A至方式H之间可以相互结合。例如,第一字段可以用于指示感知A-BFT长度以及可用时隙的起始时隙位置。也就是说,基于感知A-BFT长度可以获知可用时隙的粗范围,如图3b所示的Sensing A-BFT Length、A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length或A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length中的任一项;同时,基于起始时隙位置可以获知可用时隙位于Sensing A-BFT Length、A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length或A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length中的细范围。又例如,第一字段可以用于指示感知A-BFT因子以及可用时隙的起始时隙位置。也就是说,基于A-BFT因子可以确定可用时隙的粗范围,基于起始时隙位置确定可用时隙的细范围。可理解,以上所示的结合方式仅为示例,对于其他的结合方式这里不再一一列举。It should be noted that the methods A to H shown above can be combined with each other. For example, the first field may be used to indicate the sensing A-BFT length and the starting slot position of the available slots. That is to say, the rough range of available time slots can be known based on the sensing A-BFT length, as shown in Figure 3b Sensing A-BFT Length, A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length or A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length; at the same time, based on the starting slot position, it can be known that the available time slot is located at Sensing A-BFT Length, A-BFT Length×A- A fine range in BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length or A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length. For another example, the first field may be used to indicate the sensing A-BFT factor and the starting slot position of the available slots. That is to say, the coarse range of available time slots can be determined based on the A-BFT factor, and the fine range of available time slots can be determined based on the starting time slot position. It can be understood that the combination methods shown above are only examples, and other combination methods are not listed here.
方式I,第一字段用于承载第一比特位图,第一比特位图的比特长度根据A-BFT长度与A-BFT因子确定的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目(即A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT  Multiplier)确定,第一比特位图用于指示STA是否使用对应时隙进行感知。Mode I, the first field is used to carry the first bitmap, and the bit length of the first bitmap is determined by the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor. A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier) determines that the first bit of the bitmap is used to indicate whether the STA uses the corresponding time slot for sensing.
示例性的,第一比特位图的比特长度=A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier。例如,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier=8,第一比特位图为0111 0000,则表示A-BFT阶段的时隙数目(包括A-BFT长度以及在BTI阶段中额外增加的用于传输SSW帧的时隙)中第2时隙到第4个时隙为感知设备可参与的感知A-BFT时隙。例如,以A-BFT length=7,A-BFT Multiplier=3为例,第一比特位图的比特长度可以为28个比特。For example, the bit length of the first bitmap=A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier. For example, A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier=8, and the first bitmap is 0111 0000, which represents the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage (including the A-BFT length and additional time slots in the BTI stage). The second to fourth time slots in the added time slots for transmitting SSW frames are sensing A-BFT time slots that sensing devices can participate in. For example, taking A-BFT length=7 and A-BFT Multiplier=3, the bit length of the first bitmap can be 28 bits.
示例性的,由于根据A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子确定的A-BFT阶段的最大时隙数目为32,因此,第一比特位图的比特长度可以为32个比特,或16个比特,或8个比特,或4个比特等,这里不再一一列举。也就是说,第一比特位图的比特长度可以是固定的,每个比特可以对应一个或多个时隙。例如第一比特位图固定为32个比特,第一比特位图对应32个时隙,每个比特对应一个时隙。或者第一比特位图固定为16个比特,每个比特对应2个时隙。如果A-BFT阶段的时隙数目为20个时隙,则当一个比特对应一个时隙时,可以认为第一比特位图中的前20个比特是有效的。For example, since the maximum number of time slots in the A-BFT stage determined according to the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor is 32, the bit length of the first bitmap may be 32 bits, or 16 bits, Or 8 bits, or 4 bits, etc., I won’t list them one by one here. That is to say, the bit length of the first bitmap may be fixed, and each bit may correspond to one or more time slots. For example, the first bit map is fixed to 32 bits, the first bit map corresponds to 32 time slots, and each bit corresponds to one time slot. Or the first bit bitmap is fixed to 16 bits, and each bit corresponds to 2 time slots. If the number of slots in the A-BFT stage is 20 slots, then when one bit corresponds to one slot, the first 20 bits in the first bitmap can be considered to be valid.
可理解,在第一比特位图的长度固定的情况下,每个比特所对应的时隙数目可以根据A-BFT阶段的实际时隙数目变化。示例性的,第一比特位图可以有16个比特,如果STA从随机数0-31(即与802.11ay中的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目对应)中选择的随机数大于15,即A-BFT阶段包括的时隙数目大于16(如为17到32个时隙中的任一个),则第一比特位图中的每个比特可以对应2个时隙;如果STA从随机数0-31中选择的随机数小于或等于15,即A-BFT阶段包括的时隙数目小于或小于16(如为1到16个时隙中的任一个),则第一比特位图中的每个比特可以对应1个时隙。It can be understood that when the length of the first bitmap is fixed, the number of time slots corresponding to each bit can change according to the actual number of time slots in the A-BFT stage. For example, the first bitmap may have 16 bits. If the random number selected by the STA from random numbers 0-31 (corresponding to the number of slots in the A-BFT phase in 802.11ay) is greater than 15, that is, A -The number of time slots included in the BFT stage is greater than 16 (such as any one of 17 to 32 time slots), then each bit in the first bitmap can correspond to 2 time slots; if the STA starts from the random number 0- The random number selected in 31 is less than or equal to 15, that is, the number of time slots included in the A-BFT stage is less than or less than 16 (such as any one of 1 to 16 time slots), then each of the first bit bitmaps Bits can correspond to 1 time slot.
对于方式H和方式I来说,对于DMG STA来说,当根据A-BFT长度确定的A-BFT阶段的数目,大于DMG STA的数目;或者,对于EDMG STA来说,当根据A-BFT长度与A-BFT因子确定的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目,大于EDMG STA的数目时,通过上述方法,可以有效利用A-BFT阶段中未被使用的时隙,从而可以有效改善了时隙浪费的情况。For mode H and mode I, for DMG STA, when the number of A-BFT stages determined according to the A-BFT length is greater than the number of DMG STA; or, for EDMG STA, when the number of A-BFT stages determined according to the A-BFT length is When the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage determined by the A-BFT factor is greater than the number of EDMG STAs, the above method can effectively utilize the unused time slots in the A-BFT stage, thereby effectively improving the waste of time slots. Case.
实现方式四、Implementation method four.
第一字段用于指示STA是否允许其传输第二帧,或者,第一字段可以用于指示是否允许STA在一定时隙范围内发送第二帧。第一字段的比特长度可以为1比特。例如第一字段取值为0,则表示不允许STA(感知设备)传输第二帧(如感知SSW帧);第一字段取值为1,则表示允许STA在一定时隙范围内传输第二帧。例如,当第一字段的取值为1时,可用时隙的时隙数目=A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier。即上述一定的时隙范围与EDMG STA传输SSW帧的时隙范围相同。又例如,当第一字段的取值为1时,可用时隙的时隙数目=A-BFT Length。即上述一定的时隙范围与DMG STA传输SSW帧的时隙范围相同。第一时隙可以从可用时隙中随机确定,如第一时隙包括一个或多个时隙,如STA生成随机数的范围可以为[0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)或[0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier-1]或[1,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier];又如,STA生成随机数的范围可以为[0,A-BFT Length)或[0,A-BFT Length-1]或[1,A-BFT Length]。The first field is used to indicate whether the STA is allowed to transmit the second frame, or the first field may be used to indicate whether the STA is allowed to send the second frame within a certain time slot range. The bit length of the first field may be 1 bit. For example, if the value of the first field is 0, it means that the STA (sensing device) is not allowed to transmit the second frame (such as sensing SSW frame); if the value of the first field is 1, it means that the STA is allowed to transmit the second frame within a certain time slot range. frame. For example, when the value of the first field is 1, the number of available time slots = A-BFT Length + A-BFT Length × A-BFT Multiplier. That is, the above certain time slot range is the same as the time slot range for EDMG STA to transmit SSW frames. For another example, when the value of the first field is 1, the number of available time slots = A-BFT Length. That is, the above certain time slot range is the same as the time slot range for DMG STA to transmit SSW frames. The first time slot can be randomly determined from available time slots. For example, the first time slot includes one or more time slots. For example, the range of random numbers generated by STA can be [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A- BFT Multiplier) or [0,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier-1] or [1,A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier]; for another example, STA generates random The range of numbers can be [0,A-BFT Length) or [0,A-BFT Length-1] or [1,A-BFT Length].
对于实现方式四来说,通过1比特就可以指示感知设备的时隙范围,有效减少第一帧的信令开销。For implementation mode 4, one bit can be used to indicate the time slot range of the sensing device, effectively reducing the signaling overhead of the first frame.
实现方式五、Implementation method five.
第一字段用于指示第一时隙。 The first field is used to indicate the first time slot.
对于实现方式一至实现方式四来说,第一时隙是由STA从可用时隙中随机选择的一个或多个时隙。实现方式五中第一时隙可以是由第一字段指示的。也就是说,AP可以通过第一帧中的第一字段向STA明确指示用于传输第二帧的时隙。可选的,第一帧还可以包括第二字段,该第二字段用于指示STA从第一字段中指示的时隙中随机选择第一时隙,或者用于指示STA可以根据第一字段中指示的时隙传输第二帧。也就是说,该第二字段可以用于指示第一时隙是否是可用时隙的一部分。For implementation methods 1 to 4, the first time slot is one or more time slots randomly selected by the STA from available time slots. In implementation mode 5, the first time slot may be indicated by the first field. That is, the AP can clearly indicate to the STA the time slot used to transmit the second frame through the first field in the first frame. Optionally, the first frame may also include a second field, which is used to instruct the STA to randomly select the first time slot from the time slots indicated in the first field, or to indicate that the STA can select the first time slot according to the time slot indicated in the first field. The second frame is transmitted in the indicated time slot. That is, the second field may be used to indicate whether the first time slot is part of the available time slots.
可理解,对于一个时隙被分配多个用户的情况,该多个用户可以同时发送第二帧或概率性选择是否发送第二帧,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It can be understood that when one time slot is allocated to multiple users, the multiple users can send the second frame at the same time or probabilistically choose whether to send the second frame, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
通过第一字段指示第一时隙,可保证感知设备、EDMG STA与DMG STA之间时隙的合理分配。By indicating the first time slot through the first field, reasonable allocation of time slots between sensing devices, EDMG STA and DMG STA can be ensured.
需要说明的是,以上所示的各个实现方式中第一帧所指示的可用时隙可以只在一个BI中有效(如发送第一帧所在的BI)。或者,第一帧所指示的可用时隙可以对多个BI有效,如发送第一帧所在的BI有效,以及后续的多个BI有效。可选的,该多个BI对应的可用时隙相同,如第一帧还可以包括与第一字段对应的BI数目(如为M个),从而指示STA该M个BI对应的可用时隙相同。可选的,第一帧可以携带多个BI中每个BI对应的可用时隙,该情况下,对于该多个BI中每个BI对应的可用时隙是否相同不作限定。示例性的,第一字段可以用于确定多个BI中每个BI对应的可用时隙;或者,第一帧包括多个第一字段,每个第一字段都对应一个BI,本申请实施例对此不作限定。可理解,第一帧携带多个BI中每个BI对应的可用时隙时,可能会存在STA不能在某些BI的内执行感知。It should be noted that in each of the implementations shown above, the available time slot indicated by the first frame may be valid in only one BI (such as the BI where the first frame is sent). Alternatively, the available time slot indicated by the first frame may be valid for multiple BIs, such as the BI where the first frame is sent is valid, and subsequent multiple BIs are valid. Optionally, the available time slots corresponding to the multiple BIs are the same. For example, the first frame may also include the number of BIs corresponding to the first field (for example, M), thereby indicating to the STA that the available time slots corresponding to the M BIs are the same. . Optionally, the first frame may carry the available time slots corresponding to each of the multiple BIs. In this case, there is no limit on whether the available time slots corresponding to each of the multiple BIs are the same. For example, the first field can be used to determine the available time slot corresponding to each BI in multiple BIs; or, the first frame includes multiple first fields, and each first field corresponds to a BI. This embodiment of the present application There is no limit to this. It is understandable that when the first frame carries available time slots corresponding to each BI in multiple BIs, there may be cases where the STA cannot perform sensing in some BIs.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一帧还可以包括站点的标识信息。示例性的,站点的标识信息可以包含于第一字段中,从而通过第一字段指示对应站点执行感知时的可用时隙。示例性的,站点的标识信息可以包含于第一帧中的第三字段,通过第三字段可以用于指示允许在可用时隙内传输第二帧的站点。In a possible implementation, the first frame may also include identification information of the station. For example, the identification information of the station may be included in the first field, so that the available time slots when the corresponding station performs sensing are indicated through the first field. For example, the identification information of the station may be included in the third field in the first frame, and the third field may be used to indicate the station that is allowed to transmit the second frame within the available time slot.
通过包括站点的标识信息,可使得站点明确获知其是否可以执行感知。站点的标识信息可以包括以下任一项或多项:STA的关联标识(associated identification,AID)、未关联ID(unassociated ID,UID)、媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)地址。该MAC地址可以是独立MAC地址(individual MAC address),也可以是组MAC地址(group MAC address)。By including the site's identifying information, it is made clear to the site whether it can perform sensing. The identification information of the site may include any one or more of the following: STA's associated identification (AID), unassociated ID (UID), and media access control (medium access control, MAC) address. The MAC address can be an individual MAC address (individual MAC address) or a group MAC address (group MAC address).
结合上述实现方式一至实现方式四,当第一帧携带对应STA的标识信息时,该对应STA可以从可用时隙中随机选择时隙,从而得到第一时隙。示例性的,第一帧包括STA1的标识信息和STA2的标识信息,则STA1可以从可用时隙中随机确定第一时隙1,STA2可以从可用时隙中随机确定第一时隙2。可理解,STA1执行感知时的第一时隙1与STA2时隙感知时的第一时隙2是否相同,本申请实施例不作限定。Combining the above implementation methods one to four, when the first frame carries the identification information of the corresponding STA, the corresponding STA can randomly select a time slot from available time slots to obtain the first time slot. For example, the first frame includes the identification information of STA1 and the identification information of STA2, then STA1 can randomly determine the first time slot 1 from the available time slots, and STA2 can randomly determine the first time slot 2 from the available time slots. It can be understood that whether the first time slot 1 when STA1 performs sensing is the same as the first time slot 2 when STA2 performs time slot sensing is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
结合上述实现方式五,通过第一字段指示第一时隙,从而使得与该第一时隙对应的站点根据在该第一时隙传输第二帧。示例性的,第一帧包括STA3的标识信息和STA4的标识信息,第一字段用于指示STA3执行感知时的第一时隙3,以及STA4执行感知时的第一时隙4。可理解,STA3执行感知时的第一时隙3与STA4时隙感知时的第一时隙4是否相同,本申请实施例不作限定。Combined with the fifth implementation method above, the first time slot is indicated through the first field, so that the station corresponding to the first time slot transmits the second frame in the first time slot. For example, the first frame includes the identification information of STA3 and the identification information of STA4. The first field is used to indicate the first time slot 3 when STA3 performs sensing, and the first time slot 4 when STA4 performs sensing. It can be understood that whether the first time slot 3 when STA3 performs sensing is the same as the first time slot 4 when STA4 performs time slot sensing is not limited by the embodiment of this application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,STA在第一时隙向AP发送一个或多个第二帧包括:基于目标概率在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧,该目标概率表示STA发送第二帧的概率。In a possible implementation, the STA sending one or more second frames to the AP in the first time slot includes: sending one or more second frames in the first time slot based on a target probability, the target probability indicating that the STA The probability of sending the second frame.
示例性的,STA随机生成一个在[a,b]范围内的随机数,AP规定或标准默认或双方协商 的区间是[c,d],其中,[c,d]包含于[a,b],如a小于或等于c,b大于或等于d。如a=c=0,b大于d。如果STA生成的随机数在区间[c,d]内,则STA可以利用可用时隙进行感知,否则不允许STA进行感知。也就是说,以上所示的目标概率可以表示区间[a,b]中的随机数位于区间[c,d]中的概率。For example, STA randomly generates a random number in the range [a, b], AP regulations or standard default or mutual negotiation The interval is [c, d], where [c, d] is included in [a, b], such as a is less than or equal to c, and b is greater than or equal to d. If a=c=0, b is greater than d. If the random number generated by the STA is within the interval [c, d], the STA can use the available time slots for sensing, otherwise the STA is not allowed to sense. In other words, the target probability shown above can represent the probability that the random number in the interval [a, b] is located in the interval [c, d].
例如,AP可以通过第一帧指示a、b、c和d。又例如,当a和c默认为0(或默认为其他值)时,AP可以通过第一帧指示b和d。又例如,AP每次发送第一帧时,该b和d可以根据STA数量动态更新。当STA数量较多时,为改善冲突现象,可以将区间[c,d]在区间[a,b]中的范围缩小,即减少STA发送第二帧的概率。For example, the AP can indicate a, b, c, and d through the first frame. As another example, when a and c default to 0 (or default to other values), the AP can indicate b and d through the first frame. For another example, each time the AP sends the first frame, b and d can be dynamically updated according to the number of STAs. When there are a large number of STAs, in order to improve the conflict phenomenon, the range of the interval [c, d] in the interval [a, b] can be narrowed, that is, the probability of the STA sending the second frame is reduced.
可理解,本申请实施例所示的目标概率可以与上文所示的实现方式一至实现方式五结合。例如,当STA确定第一时隙之后,其可以基于目标概率确定其是否可以在第一时隙发送一个或多个第二帧。或者,在STA基于目标概率确定其可以发送一个或多个第二帧之后,确定第一时隙。It can be understood that the target probability shown in the embodiment of the present application can be combined with the first to fifth implementation methods shown above. For example, after the STA determines the first time slot, it may determine whether it can send one or more second frames in the first time slot based on the target probability. Alternatively, the first time slot is determined after the STA determines that it can send one or more second frames based on the target probability.
可理解,本申请实施例所示的目标概率可以与站点的标识信息结合,或者,单独实现,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It can be understood that the target probability shown in the embodiment of the present application can be combined with the identification information of the site, or implemented independently, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
403、AP基于一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。403. The AP performs sensing based on one or more second frames and obtains the sensing result.
示例性的,AP可以基于一个或多个第二帧获得CSI。可选的,AP与STA之间还可以通过交互其他帧获得如下信息中的一项或多项以便于感知:方位角(azimuth)、高度(elevation)或地址信息(location information)。For example, the AP may obtain CSI based on one or more second frames. Optionally, the AP and STA can also exchange other frames to obtain one or more of the following information to facilitate perception: azimuth, elevation or location information.
本申请实施例中,STA可以基于第一字段确定可用时隙,从而获知其传输第二帧的第一时隙,保证了STA可以在合适的时隙执行感知。另外,本申请实施例通过为STA指示可用时隙,可有效减少该STA与DMGSTA或EDMGSTA在时隙上的冲突,从而减少了由于时隙冲突而导致信息丢弃的情况,提高了时域资源的利用效率。In the embodiment of this application, the STA can determine the available time slot based on the first field, thereby learning the first time slot in which it transmits the second frame, ensuring that the STA can perform sensing in the appropriate time slot. In addition, the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the time slot conflicts between the STA and DMGSTA or EDMGSTA by indicating the available time slots to the STA, thereby reducing the situation of information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improving the utilization of time domain resources. usage efficiency.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种感知方法的流程示意图,如图5所示,该方法包括:Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
501、STA在ATI阶段或DTI阶段向AP发送请求帧,该请求帧用于请求执行感知。对应的,AP在ATI阶段或DTI阶段接收该请求帧。501. The STA sends a request frame to the AP in the ATI phase or DTI phase. The request frame is used to request to perform sensing. Correspondingly, the AP receives the request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase.
502、AP向STA发送响应帧,响应帧用于响应请求帧。对应的,STA接收该响应帧。502. The AP sends a response frame to the STA. The response frame is used to respond to the request frame. Correspondingly, the STA receives the response frame.
示例性的,响应帧可以是ACK消息帧。For example, the response frame may be an ACK message frame.
503、AP在BTI阶段向STA发送信标帧。对应的,STA接收该信标帧。503. The AP sends a beacon frame to the STA in the BTI phase. Correspondingly, the STA receives the beacon frame.
可选的,如图5所示,响应帧可以包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙。可选的,信标帧可以包括第一字段。也就是说,第一字段可以包含于上述响应帧中,或者包含于信标帧中,本申请实施例不作限定。可理解,上述BTI阶段可以包含于上述ATI阶段(步骤501所示的ATI阶段)所在BI的后续BI中。或者,BTI阶段包含于上述DTI阶段(步骤501所示的DTI阶段)所在的BI的后续BI中。例如,BTI位于上述ATI阶段所在的BI之后的第一个BI中,或者DTI阶段所在的BI之后的第一BI中。或者,上述BTI阶段可以理解为晚于上述ATI阶段(步骤501所示的ATI阶段)或晚于上述DTI阶段(步骤501所示的DTI阶段)的BTI阶段。Optionally, as shown in Figure 5, the response frame may include a first field, which is used to determine available time slots when the station performs sensing. Optionally, the beacon frame may include a first field. That is to say, the first field may be included in the above-mentioned response frame or in the beacon frame, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application. It can be understood that the above-mentioned BTI stage may be included in the subsequent BI where the above-mentioned ATI stage (the ATI stage shown in step 501) is located. Alternatively, the BTI stage is included in the subsequent BI of the BI in which the above-mentioned DTI stage (the DTI stage shown in step 501) is located. For example, the BTI is located in the first BI after the BI where the above-mentioned ATI stage is located, or the first BI after the BI where the DTI stage is located. Alternatively, the above-mentioned BTI stage can be understood as a BTI stage that is later than the above-mentioned ATI stage (the ATI stage shown in step 501) or later than the above-mentioned DTI stage (the DTI stage shown in the step 501).
本申请实施例中,可用时隙可以包含于晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段;或者,晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段。关于第一字段等的说明可以参考图4,这里不再一一详述。In the embodiment of the present application, the available time slots may be included in the BTI phase or the A-BFT phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; or, the A-BFT phase is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. or ATI stage. For descriptions of the first field, etc., please refer to Figure 4 and will not be described in detail here.
可理解,关于信标帧的说明可以参考上文的描述,这里不再一一详述。It can be understood that for the description of the beacon frame, reference can be made to the above description, which will not be described in detail here.
504、STA在第一时隙发送一个或多个第二帧。对应的,AP在第一时隙接收该一个或多 个第二帧。504. The STA sends one or more second frames in the first time slot. Correspondingly, the AP receives the one or more second frame.
关于步骤504的说明可以参考图4中关于步骤402的描述,这里不再一一详述。For description of step 504, reference may be made to the description of step 402 in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
505、AP基于第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。505. The AP performs sensing based on the second frame and obtains the sensing result.
关于步骤504的说明可以参考图4中关于步骤403的描述,这里不再一一详述。For the description of step 504, please refer to the description of step 403 in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
506、AP向STA发送感知结果,对应的,STA接收该感知结果。506. The AP sends the sensing result to the STA, and accordingly, the STA receives the sensing result.
本申请实施例中,STA可以基于第一字段确定可用时隙,从而获知其传输第二帧的第一时隙,保证了STA可以在合适的时隙执行感知。另外,本申请实施例通过为STA指示可用时隙,可有效减少该STA与DMGSTA或EDMGSTA在时隙上的冲突,从而减少了由于时隙冲突而导致信息丢弃的情况,提高了时域资源的利用效率。In the embodiment of this application, the STA can determine the available time slot based on the first field, thereby learning the first time slot in which it transmits the second frame, ensuring that the STA can perform sensing in the appropriate time slot. In addition, the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the time slot conflicts between the STA and DMGSTA or EDMGSTA by indicating the available time slots to the STA, thereby reducing the situation of information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improving the utilization of time domain resources. usage efficiency.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种感知方法的流程示意图,如图6所示,该方法包括:Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of a sensing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, the method includes:
601、AP在ATI阶段或DTI阶段发送第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定STA执行感知时的可用时隙。对应的,STA接收该第一帧。601. The AP sends the first frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase. The first frame includes a first field. The first field is used to determine the available time slot when the STA performs sensing. Correspondingly, the STA receives the first frame.
示例性的,第一帧可以包括管理帧。For example, the first frame may include a management frame.
602、AP在BTI阶段向STA发送信标帧。对应的,STA接收该信标帧。602. The AP sends a beacon frame to the STA in the BTI phase. Correspondingly, the STA receives the beacon frame.
可理解,上述BTI阶段可以包含于上述ATI阶段(步骤601所示的ATI阶段)所在BI的后续BI中。或者,BTI阶段包含于上述DTI阶段(步骤601所示的DTI阶段)所在的BI的后续BI中。例如,BTI位于上述ATI阶段所在的BI之后的第一个BI中,或者DTI阶段所在的BI之后的第一BI中。或者,上述BTI阶段可以理解为晚于上述ATI阶段(步骤601所示的ATI阶段)或晚于上述DTI阶段(步骤601所示的DTI阶段)的BTI阶段。It can be understood that the above-mentioned BTI stage may be included in the subsequent BI where the above-mentioned ATI stage (the ATI stage shown in step 601) is located. Alternatively, the BTI stage is included in the subsequent BI of the BI in which the above-mentioned DTI stage (the DTI stage shown in step 601) is located. For example, the BTI is located in the first BI after the BI where the above-mentioned ATI stage is located, or the first BI after the BI where the DTI stage is located. Alternatively, the above-mentioned BTI stage can be understood as a BTI stage that is later than the above-mentioned ATI stage (the ATI stage shown in step 601) or later than the above-mentioned DTI stage (the DTI stage shown in the step 601).
本申请实施例中,可用时隙可以包含于晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段或A-BFT阶段;或者,晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的A-BFT阶段或ATI阶段。关于第一字段的说明可以参考图4,这里不再一一详述。In the embodiment of the present application, the available time slots may be included in the BTI phase or the A-BFT phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; or, the A-BFT phase is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. or ATI stage. For the description of the first field, please refer to Figure 4 and will not be described in detail here.
603、STA在第一时隙发送一个或多个第二帧。对应的,AP在第一时隙接收该一个或多个第二帧。603. The STA sends one or more second frames in the first time slot. Correspondingly, the AP receives the one or more second frames in the first time slot.
关于步骤603的说明可以参考图4中关于步骤402的描述,这里不再一一详述。For description of step 603, reference may be made to the description of step 402 in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
604、AP基于一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。604. The AP performs sensing based on one or more second frames and obtains a sensing result.
关于步骤604的说明可以参考图4中关于步骤403的描述,这里不再一一详述。For description of step 604, reference may be made to the description of step 403 in Figure 4, which will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例中,STA可以基于第一字段确定可用时隙,从而获知其传输第二帧的第一时隙,保证了STA可以在合适的时隙执行感知。另外,本申请实施例通过为STA指示可用时隙,可有效减少该STA与DMGSTA或EDMGSTA在时隙上的冲突,从而减少了由于时隙冲突而导致信息丢弃的情况,提高了时域资源的利用效率。In the embodiment of this application, the STA can determine the available time slot based on the first field, thereby learning the first time slot in which it transmits the second frame, ensuring that the STA can perform sensing in the appropriate time slot. In addition, the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the time slot conflicts between the STA and DMGSTA or EDMGSTA by indicating the available time slots to the STA, thereby reducing the situation of information discarding due to time slot conflicts and improving the utilization of time domain resources. usage efficiency.
需要说明的是,对于图4至图6来说,当某个STA同时存在关联-波束赋形训练和感知需求时,STA可以在以下任一项时隙范围内发送第二帧:感知A-BFT时隙、基于A-BFT长度确定的时隙范围、基于A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子确定的时隙范围。也就是说,当某个STA同时存在关联-波束赋形训练和感知需求时,其可以通过发送一个SSW帧(如可以是感知SSW帧、SSW帧或短SSW帧中的任一项)同时实现关联-波束赋形训练和感知。同时,该情况下,该某个STA发送SSW帧所用的时隙可以包含于DMG STA的A-BFT阶段,或者EDMG STA的A-BFT阶段,或者感知A-BFT时隙中。It should be noted that for Figures 4 to 6, when a certain STA has both association-beamforming training and sensing requirements, the STA can send the second frame within any of the following time slots: Sensing A- BFT time slot, time slot range determined based on A-BFT length, time slot range determined based on A-BFT length and A-BFT factor. That is to say, when a certain STA has both association-beamforming training and sensing requirements, it can achieve both by sending an SSW frame (for example, it can be any one of sensing SSW frame, SSW frame or short SSW frame) Correlation-beamforming training and perception. At the same time, in this case, the time slot used by a certain STA to send SSW frames may be included in the A-BFT phase of the DMG STA, or the A-BFT phase of the EDMG STA, or in the sensing A-BFT time slot.
需要说明的是,由于SSW帧(可以是感知SSW帧、SSW帧(如11ad中的SSW帧)或短SSW帧中的任一项)的发送具有方向性,因此AP可能无法解出SSW帧。为了使得AP明确地获知STA发送SSW帧时所用的时隙,因此该STA可以在其发送SSW帧之前或发送 SSW帧之后通过相关信令告知AP,该STA发送SSW帧时所用的时隙。通过该相关信息获得STA发送SSW帧所用的时隙,即使AP没有解出SSW帧,但是仍可以使得该AP在相应时隙(即通过相关信令所指示的时隙)获得STA的相关感知信息。可选的,STA还可以通过相关信令指示AP,STA发送SSW帧的方向等,这里不再一一列举。It should be noted that since the transmission of SSW frames (which can be any of sensing SSW frames, SSW frames (such as SSW frames in 11ad) or short SSW frames) is directional, the AP may not be able to decode the SSW frame. In order for the AP to clearly know the time slot used by the STA to send the SSW frame, the STA can send the SSW frame before or After the SSW frame, the AP is notified through relevant signaling of the time slot used by the STA to send the SSW frame. The relevant information is used to obtain the time slot used by the STA to send the SSW frame. Even if the AP does not decode the SSW frame, the AP can still obtain the relevant sensing information of the STA in the corresponding time slot (that is, the time slot indicated by relevant signaling). . Optionally, the STA can also instruct the AP through relevant signaling, the direction in which the STA sends SSW frames, etc., which will not be listed here.
以下将介绍本申请实施例提供的通信装置。The following will introduce the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
本申请根据上述方法实施例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。下面将结合图7至图9详细描述本申请实施例的通信装置。This application divides the communication device into functional modules according to the above method embodiments. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in this application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. The communication device according to the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 7 to 9 .
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图,如图7所示,该通信装置包括处理单元701和收发单元702。Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 7, the communication device includes a processing unit 701 and a transceiver unit 702.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该通信装置可以是上文示出的AP或PCP或芯片,该芯片可以应用于AP或PCP中等。如该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中由AP或PCP执行的步骤或功能等。In some embodiments of the present application, the communication device may be the AP or PCP or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to the AP or PCP, etc. For example, the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the AP or PCP in the above method embodiments.
收发单元702,用于在BTI阶段输出第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;The transceiver unit 702 is configured to output the first frame in the BTI stage, where the first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing;
收发单元702,还用于在第一时隙输入一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙;The transceiver unit 702 is also configured to input one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot;
处理单元701,用于基于一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。The processing unit 701 is configured to perform sensing based on one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
示例性的,处理单元701,还用于生成第一帧。示例性的,收发单元702,用于在BTI阶段输出第一帧可以包括:收发单元702,用于在BTI阶段向站点发送第一帧。示例性的,收发单元702,用于在第一时隙输入一个或多个第二帧包括:收发单元702,用于在第一时隙接收来自站点的一个或多个第二帧。Exemplarily, the processing unit 701 is also used to generate the first frame. For example, the transceiver unit 702 used to output the first frame in the BTI phase may include: the transceiver unit 702 configured to send the first frame to the station in the BTI phase. Exemplarily, the transceiver unit 702 is configured to input one or more second frames in the first time slot. The transceiver unit 702 is configured to receive one or more second frames from the station in the first time slot.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发单元和处理单元的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发单元和处理单元的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图4),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific descriptions of the transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples. For the specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 4), which will not be described in detail here.
复用图7,在本申请的另一些实施例中,该通信装置可以是上文示出的STA或芯片等,该芯片可以应用于STA中等。如该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中由STA执行的步骤或功能等。Reusing Figure 7, in other embodiments of the present application, the communication device may be the STA or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to STA, etc. For example, the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the STA in the above method embodiment, etc.
收发单元702,用于在BTI阶段输入第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;The transceiver unit 702 is configured to input the first frame in the BTI stage. The first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing;
收发单元702,还用于在第一时隙中输出一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙。The transceiver unit 702 is also configured to output one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot.
示例性的,处理单元701,用于对第一帧进行处理,获得用于传输第二帧的可用时隙。处理单元701,还用于生成第二帧等,这里不再一一列举。Exemplarily, the processing unit 701 is used to process the first frame and obtain available time slots for transmitting the second frame. The processing unit 701 is also used to generate the second frame, etc., which will not be listed here.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发单元和处理单元的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发单元和处理单元的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图4),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific descriptions of the transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples. For the specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 4), which will not be described in detail here.
复用图7,在本申请的又一些实施例中,该通信装置可以是上文示出的AP或PCP或芯片,该芯片可以应用于AP或PCP中等。如该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中由AP或PCP执行的步骤或功能等。 Reusing Figure 7, in some embodiments of the present application, the communication device may be the AP or PCP or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to AP or PCP, etc. For example, the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the AP or PCP in the above method embodiments.
收发单元702,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段输出第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙;The transceiver unit 702 is configured to output the first frame in the ATI phase or the DTI phase, where the first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing;
收发单元702,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段输出信标帧;以及在第一时隙输入一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙;The transceiver unit 702 is also configured to output a beacon frame in a BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and input one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. ;
处理单元701,用于基于一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。The processing unit 701 is configured to perform sensing based on one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发单元和处理单元的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发单元和处理单元的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图6),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific descriptions of the transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples. For the specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 6), which will not be described in detail here.
复用图7,在本申请的又一些实施例中,该通信装置可以是上文示出的STA或芯片等,该芯片可以应用于STA中等。如该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中由STA执行的步骤或功能等。Reusing Figure 7, in some embodiments of the present application, the communication device may be the STA or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to STA, etc. For example, the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the STA in the above method embodiment, etc.
收发单元702,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段输入第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;The transceiver unit 702 is configured to input the first frame in the ATI phase or the DTI phase. The first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing;
收发单元702,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段输入信标帧;以及在第一时隙中输出一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙。The transceiver unit 702 is also configured to input a beacon frame in the BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and output one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. gap.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发单元和处理单元的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发单元和处理单元的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图6),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific descriptions of the transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples. For the specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 6), which will not be described in detail here.
复用图7,在本申请的又一些实施例中,该通信装置可以是上文示出的AP或PCP或芯片,该芯片可以应用于AP或PCP中等。如该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中由AP或PCP执行的步骤或功能等。Reusing Figure 7, in some embodiments of the present application, the communication device may be the AP or PCP or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to AP or PCP, etc. For example, the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the AP or PCP in the above method embodiments.
收发单元702,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段输入请求帧,该请求帧用于请求执行感知;以及输出响应帧,该响应帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙;Transceiver unit 702, configured to input a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and output a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine that the site performs sensing available time slots;
收发单元702,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段输出信标帧;以及在第一时隙输入一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙;The transceiver unit 702 is also configured to output a beacon frame in a BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and input one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. ;
处理单元701,用于基于所述一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。The processing unit 701 is configured to perform sensing based on the one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发单元和处理单元的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发单元和处理单元的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图5),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific descriptions of the transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples. For the specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 5), which will not be described in detail here.
复用图7,在本申请的又一些实施例中,该通信装置可以是上文示出的STA或芯片等,该芯片可以应用于STA中等。如该通信装置可以用于执行上文方法实施例中由STA执行的步骤或功能等。Reusing Figure 7, in some embodiments of the present application, the communication device may be the STA or chip shown above, and the chip may be applied to STA, etc. For example, the communication device can be used to perform the steps or functions performed by the STA in the above method embodiment, etc.
收发单元702,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段输出请求帧,该请求帧用于请求执行感知;以及输入响应帧,该响应帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;The transceiver unit 702 is configured to output a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and input a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine when the station performs sensing. Available time slots;
收发单元702,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段输入信标帧;以及在第一时隙中输出一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙。The transceiver unit 702 is also configured to input a beacon frame in the BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and output one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. gap.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发单元和处理单元的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发单元和处理单元的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图5),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific descriptions of the transceiver unit and the processing unit shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples. For the specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver unit and the processing unit, reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 5), which will not be described in detail here.
上个各个实施例中,关于第一帧、第一字段、可用时隙、第一时隙以及第二帧等说明还 可以参考上文方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图4至图6)中的介绍,这里不再一一详述。In the previous embodiments, the descriptions about the first frame, the first field, the available time slots, the first time slots and the second frame are also Reference may be made to the introduction in the above method embodiments (Fig. 3a to Fig. 3d, and Fig. 4 to Fig. 6), which will not be described in detail here.
以上介绍了本申请实施例的通信装置,以下介绍所述通信装置可能的产品形态。应理解,但凡具备上述图7所述的通信装置的功能的任何形态的产品,都落入本申请实施例的保护范围。还应理解,以下介绍仅为举例,不限制本申请实施例的通信装置的产品形态仅限于此。The communication device according to the embodiment of the present application has been introduced above. Possible product forms of the communication device are introduced below. It should be understood that any form of product that has the functions of the communication device described in FIG. 7 falls within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. It should also be understood that the following description is only an example, and does not limit the product form of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application to this.
在一种可能的实现方式中,图7所示的通信装置中,处理单元701可以是一个或多个处理器,收发单元702可以是收发器,或者收发单元702还可以是发送单元和接收单元,发送单元可以是发送器,接收单元可以是接收器,该发送单元和接收单元集成于一个器件,例如收发器。本申请实施例中,处理器和收发器可以被耦合等,对于处理器和收发器的连接方式,本申请实施例不作限定。在执行上述方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送信息(如发送第一帧,或发送第二帧等)的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息的过程。在输出上述信息时,处理器将该上述信息输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。该上述信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,上述方法中有关接收信息(如接收第一帧,或接收第二帧等)的过程,可以理解为处理器接收输入的上述信息的过程。处理器接收输入的信息时,收发器接收该上述信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该上述信息之后,该上述信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In a possible implementation, in the communication device shown in Figure 7, the processing unit 701 may be one or more processors, the transceiving unit 702 may be a transceiver, or the transceiving unit 702 may also be a sending unit and a receiving unit. , the sending unit may be a transmitter, and the receiving unit may be a receiver, and the sending unit and the receiving unit are integrated into one device, such as a transceiver. In the embodiment of the present application, the processor and the transceiver may be coupled, etc., and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the connection method between the processor and the transceiver. During the execution of the above method, the process of sending information (such as sending the first frame, or sending the second frame, etc.) in the above method can be understood as the process of outputting the above information by the processor. When outputting the above information, the processor outputs the above information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. After the above information is output by the processor, it may also need to undergo other processing before reaching the transceiver. Similarly, the process of receiving information (such as receiving the first frame, or receiving the second frame, etc.) in the above method can be understood as the process of the processor receiving the input information. When the processor receives the incoming information, the transceiver receives the above information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above information, the above information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
如图8所示,该通信装置80包括一个或多个处理器820和收发器810。As shown in FIG. 8 , the communication device 80 includes one or more processors 820 and a transceiver 810 .
在本申请的一些实施例中,示例性的,当该通信装置用于执行上述AP或PCP执行的步骤或方法或功能时,收发器810,用于在BTI阶段向STA发送第一帧,以及在第一时隙接收来自站点的一个或多个第二帧;处理器820,用于基于一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In some embodiments of the present application, for example, when the communication device is used to perform the steps or methods or functions performed by the above-mentioned AP or PCP, the transceiver 810 is used to send the first frame to the STA in the BTI stage, and Receive one or more second frames from the station in the first time slot; the processor 820 is configured to perform sensing based on the one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
示例性的,当该通信装置用于执行上述STA执行的步骤或方法或功能时,收发器810,用于在BTI阶段接收第一帧,以及在第一时隙发送一个或多个第二帧。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to perform the steps or methods or functions performed by the STA, the transceiver 810 is used to receive the first frame in the BTI stage, and to send one or more second frames in the first time slot. .
示例性的,处理器820,用于对第一帧进行处理,获得用于传输第二帧的可用时隙。处理器820,还用于生成第二帧等,这里不再一一列举。For example, the processor 820 is configured to process the first frame and obtain available time slots for transmitting the second frame. The processor 820 is also used to generate the second frame, etc., which will not be listed here.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发器和处理器的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发器和处理器的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图4),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific descriptions of the transceiver and processor shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples. For the specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver and processor, reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 4), which will not be described in detail here.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,示例性的,当该通信装置用于执行上述AP或PCP执行的步骤或方法或功能时,收发器810,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段向站点发送第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙;收发器810,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段向站点发送信标帧;以及在第一时隙接收来自站点的一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙;处理器820,用于基于一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In other embodiments of the present application, for example, when the communication device is used to perform the steps or methods or functions performed by the above-mentioned AP or PCP, the transceiver 810 is used to send the first step to the station in the ATI phase or DTI phase. A frame, the first frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the transceiver 810 is also used to detect the time slot later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. The BTI phase transmits a beacon frame to the station; and receives one or more second frames from the station in a first time slot, the available time slots include the first time slot; processor 820 for based on the one or more second frames Perceive and obtain the result of perception.
示例性的,当该通信装置用于执行上述STA执行的步骤或方法或功能时,收发器810,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段接收第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;收发器810,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段接收信标帧;以及在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to perform the steps or methods or functions performed by the STA, the transceiver 810 is used to receive the first frame in the ATI phase or the DTI phase, the first frame includes a first field, and the first frame A field is used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing; the transceiver 810 is also used to receive a beacon frame in a BTI phase later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and send a beacon frame in the first time slot. or multiple second frames, the available time slots include the first time slot.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的收发器和处理器的具体说明仅为示例,对于收发器和处理器的具体功能或执行的步骤等,可以参考上述方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图6),这里不再详述。It can be understood that the specific descriptions of the transceiver and processor shown in the embodiments of the present application are only examples. For the specific functions or steps performed by the transceiver and processor, reference can be made to the above method embodiments (see Figure 3a to Figure 3d, and Figure 6), which will not be described in detail here.
在本申请的又一些实施例中,示例性的,当该通信装置用于执行上述AP或PCP执行的 步骤或方法或功能时,收发器810,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段接收来自站点的请求帧,该请求帧用于请求执行感知;以及向站点发送响应帧,该响应帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙;收发器810,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段向站点发送信标帧;以及在第一时隙接收来自站点的一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙;处理器820,用于基于所述一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In some embodiments of the present application, for example, when the communication device is used to perform the above-mentioned AP or PCP execution When performing the step or method or function, the transceiver 810 is configured to receive a request frame from the site in the ATI phase or the DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and send a response frame to the site, the response frame includes a first field, The first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the transceiver 810 is also used to send a beacon frame to the station in the BTI phase later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and in the One time slot receives one or more second frames from the station, and the available time slots include the first time slot; the processor 820 is configured to perform sensing based on the one or more second frames and obtain a sensing result.
示例性的,当该通信装置用于执行上述STA执行的步骤或方法或功能时,收发器810,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段发送请求帧,该请求帧用于请求执行感知;以及接收响应帧,该响应帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;收发器810,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段接收信标帧;以及在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to perform the steps, methods or functions performed by the STA, the transceiver 810 is used to send a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and receive a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the transceiver 810 is also used to receive the signal in the BTI phase later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. frame; and transmitting one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
本申请实施例中,关于第一帧、第一字段、可用时隙、第一时隙以及第二帧等说明还可以参考上文方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图4至图6)中的介绍,这里不再一一详述。In the embodiment of the present application, for descriptions of the first frame, the first field, the available time slot, the first time slot, and the second frame, please refer to the above method embodiments (as shown in Figures 3a to 3d, and Figures 4 to 4 The introduction in 6) will not be described in detail here.
在图8所示的通信装置的各个实现方式中,收发器可以包括接收机和发射机,该接收机用于执行接收的功能(或操作),该发射机用于执行发射的功能(或操作)。以及收发器用于通过传输介质和其他设备/装置进行通信。In various implementations of the communication device shown in FIG. 8, the transceiver may include a receiver and a transmitter, the receiver is used to perform the function (or operation) of receiving, and the transmitter is used to perform the function (or operation) of transmitting. ). and transceivers for communication over transmission media and other equipment/devices.
可选的,通信装置80还可以包括一个或多个存储器830,用于存储程序指令和/或数据等。存储器830和处理器820耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器820可能和存储器830协同操作。处理器820可可以执行存储器830中存储的程序指令。可选的,上述一个或多个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。Optionally, the communication device 80 may also include one or more memories 830 for storing program instructions and/or data. Memory 830 and processor 820 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules. Processor 820 may cooperate with memory 830. Processor 820 may execute program instructions stored in memory 830. Optionally, at least one of the above one or more memories may be included in the processor.
本申请实施例中不限定上述收发器810、处理器820以及存储器830之间的具体连接介质。本申请实施例在图8中以存储器830、处理器820以及收发器810之间通过总线840连接,总线在图8中以粗线表示,其它部件之间的连接方式,仅是进行示意性说明,并不引以为限。所述总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图8中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。The specific connection medium between the above-mentioned transceiver 810, processor 820 and memory 830 is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 830, the processor 820 and the transceiver 810 are connected through a bus 840 in Figure 8. The bus is represented by a thick line in Figure 8. The connection methods between other components are only schematically explained. , is not limited. The bus can be divided into address bus, data bus, control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 8, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器、专用集成电路、现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等,可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成等。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application-specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic device, a discrete gate or transistor logic device, a discrete hardware component, etc., which can be implemented Or execute the disclosed methods, steps and logical block diagrams in the embodiments of this application. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the methods disclosed in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor, etc.
本申请实施例中,存储器可包括但不限于硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等非易失性存储器,随机存储记忆体(Random Access Memory,RAM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM,EPROM)、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)或便携式只读存储器(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory,CD-ROM)等等。存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的程序代码,并能够由计算机(如本申请示出的通信装置等)读和/或写的任何存储介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory may include but is not limited to non-volatile memories such as hard disk drive (HDD) or solid-state drive (SSD), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), Read-Only Memory (ROM) or Portable Read-Only Memory (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM), etc. Memory is any storage medium that can be used to carry or store program codes in the form of instructions or data structures, and that can be read and/or written by a computer (such as the communication device shown in this application), but is not limited thereto. The memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, used to store program instructions and/or data.
示例性的,处理器820主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器830主要用于存储软件程序和数据。收发器810可以包括控制电路和天线,控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以 及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。For example, the processor 820 is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, control the entire communication device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. Memory 830 is mainly used to store software programs and data. The transceiver 810 may include a control circuit and an antenna. The control circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals. and processing of radio frequency signals. Antennas are mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当通信装置开机后,处理器820可以读取存储器830中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器820对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器820,处理器820将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 820 can read the software program in the memory 830, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 820 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 820. The processor 820 converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged independently of the processor that performs baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the radio frequency circuit and antenna can be arranged remotely and independently of the communication device. .
可理解,本申请实施例示出的通信装置还可以具有比图8更多的元器件等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。以上所示的处理器和收发器所执行的方法仅为示例,对于该处理器和收发器具体所执行的步骤可参照上文介绍的方法。It can be understood that the communication device shown in the embodiment of the present application may also have more components than shown in FIG. 8 , and the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. The methods performed by the processor and transceiver shown above are only examples. For specific steps performed by the processor and transceiver, please refer to the method introduced above.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,图7所示的通信装置中,处理单元701可以是一个或多个逻辑电路,收发单元702可以是输入输出接口,又或者称为通信接口,或者接口电路,或接口等等。或者收发单元702还可以是发送单元和接收单元,发送单元可以是输出接口,接收单元可以是输入接口,该发送单元和接收单元集成于一个单元,例如输入输出接口。如图9所示,图9所示的通信装置包括逻辑电路901和接口902。即上述处理单元701可以用逻辑电路901实现,收发单元702可以用接口902实现。其中,该逻辑电路901可以为芯片、处理电路、集成电路或片上系统(system on chip,SoC)芯片等,接口902可以为通信接口、输入输出接口、管脚等。示例性的,图9是以上述通信装置为芯片为例出的,该芯片包括逻辑电路901和接口902。In another possible implementation, in the communication device shown in FIG. 7 , the processing unit 701 may be one or more logic circuits, and the transceiver unit 702 may be an input-output interface, also known as a communication interface, or an interface circuit. , or interface, etc. Alternatively, the transceiver unit 702 may also be a sending unit and a receiving unit. The sending unit may be an output interface, and the receiving unit may be an input interface. The sending unit and the receiving unit may be integrated into one unit, such as an input-output interface. As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication device shown in FIG. 9 includes a logic circuit 901 and an interface 902 . That is, the above-mentioned processing unit 701 can be implemented by the logic circuit 901, and the transceiver unit 702 can be implemented by the interface 902. Among them, the logic circuit 901 can be a chip, a processing circuit, an integrated circuit or a system on chip (SoC) chip, etc., and the interface 902 can be a communication interface, an input/output interface, a pin, etc. Illustratively, FIG. 9 takes the above communication device as a chip. The chip includes a logic circuit 901 and an interface 902 .
本申请实施例中,逻辑电路和接口还可以相互耦合。对于逻辑电路和接口的具体连接方式,本申请实施例不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the logic circuit and the interface may also be coupled to each other. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific connection methods of the logic circuits and interfaces.
在本申请的一些实施例中,示例性的,当通信装置用于执行上述AP或PCP执行的方法或功能或步骤时,接口902,用于在BTI阶段输出第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;接口902,还用于在第一时隙输入一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙;逻辑电路901,用于基于一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In some embodiments of the present application, for example, when the communication device is used to perform the method or function or step performed by the above-mentioned AP or PCP, the interface 902 is used to output the first frame in the BTI phase, and the first frame includes The first field is used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to input one or more second frames in the first time slots, and the available time slots include the first time slots; logic Circuit 901 is used to perform sensing based on one or more second frames and obtain sensing results.
示例性的,当通信装置用于执行上述STA执行的方法或功能或步骤时,接口902,用于在BTI阶段输入第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;接口902,还用于在第一时隙中输出一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙。示例性的,逻辑电路901,用于对第一帧进行处理,获得用于传输第二帧的可用时隙。逻辑电路901,还用于生成第二帧等,这里不再一一列举。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to perform the method or function or step performed by the STA, the interface 902 is used to input the first frame in the BTI stage. The first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine Available time slots when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to output one or more second frames in the first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot. Exemplarily, the logic circuit 901 is used to process the first frame and obtain available time slots for transmitting the second frame. The logic circuit 901 is also used to generate the second frame, etc., which will not be listed here.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,示例性的,当通信装置用于执行上述AP或PCP执行的方法或功能或步骤时,接口902,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段输出第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙;接口902,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段输出信标帧;以及在第一时隙输入一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙;逻辑电路901,用于基于一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In other embodiments of the present application, for example, when the communication device is used to perform the method or function or step performed by the above-mentioned AP or PCP, the interface 902 is used to output the first frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the The first frame includes a first field, which is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to output a beacon in a BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase. frame; and input one or more second frames in the first time slot, the available time slots include the first time slot; the logic circuit 901 is used to perform sensing based on the one or more second frames to obtain the sensing result.
示例性的,当通信装置用于执行上述STA执行的方法或功能或步骤时,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段输入第一帧,该第一帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可 用时隙;接口902,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段输入信标帧;以及在第一时隙中输出一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to perform the method or function or step performed by the above STA, it is used to input the first frame in the ATI phase or the DTI phase. The first frame includes a first field, and the first field is used to determine When the site performs sensing, the Use time slots; the interface 902 is also used to input beacon frames in the BTI phase later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and output one or more second frames in the first time slot, the available time slots include the One time slot.
在本申请的又一些实施例中,示例性的,当通信装置用于执行上述AP或PCP执行的方法或功能或步骤时,接口902,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段输入请求帧,该请求帧用于请求执行感知;以及输出响应帧,该响应帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙;接口902,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段输出信标帧;以及在第一时隙输入一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙;逻辑电路901,用于基于所述一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。In some further embodiments of the present application, for example, when the communication device is used to perform the method or function or step performed by the above-mentioned AP or PCP, the interface 902 is used to input a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, and the request The frame is used to request to perform sensing; and output a response frame, the response frame includes a first field, the first field is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to perform the sensing later than the ATI phase or the BTI phase of the DTI phase outputs a beacon frame; and inputs one or more second frames in a first time slot, the available time slots include the first time slot; logic circuit 901 for based on the one or more Perform sensing on the second frame to obtain the sensing result.
示例性的,当通信装置用于执行上述STA执行的方法或功能或步骤时,接口902,用于在ATI阶段或DTI阶段输出请求帧,该请求帧用于请求执行感知;以及输入响应帧,该响应帧包括第一字段,该第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙;接口902,还用于在晚于所述ATI阶段或所述DTI阶段的BTI阶段输入信标帧;以及在第一时隙中输出一个或多个第二帧,可用时隙包括第一时隙。Exemplarily, when the communication device is used to perform the method or function or step performed by the above STA, the interface 902 is used to output a request frame in the ATI phase or DTI phase, the request frame is used to request to perform sensing; and input a response frame, The response frame includes a first field, which is used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing; the interface 902 is also used to input a beacon frame in a BTI phase that is later than the ATI phase or the DTI phase; and outputting one or more second frames in the first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
可理解,本申请实施例示出的通信装置可以采用硬件的形式实现本申请实施例提供的方法,也可以采用软件的形式实现本申请实施例提供的方法等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It can be understood that the communication device shown in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware to implement the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application, or can be implemented in the form of software to implement the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application. This is not limited by the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中,关于第一帧、第一字段、可用时隙、第一时隙以及第二帧等说明还可以参考上文方法实施例(如图3a至图3d,以及图4至图6)中的介绍,这里不再一一详述。In the embodiment of the present application, for descriptions of the first frame, the first field, the available time slot, the first time slot, and the second frame, please refer to the above method embodiments (as shown in Figures 3a to 3d, and Figures 4 to 4 The introduction in 6) will not be described in detail here.
对于图9所示的各个实施例的具体实现方式,还可以参考上述各个实施例,这里不再详述。For the specific implementation of each embodiment shown in Figure 9, reference may also be made to the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be described in detail here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种无线通信系统,该无线通信系统包括AP(或PCP)和STA,该AP和该STA可以用于执行前述任一实施例(如图4至图6)中的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a wireless communication system. The wireless communication system includes an AP (or PCP) and an STA. The AP and the STA can be used to perform any of the foregoing embodiments (as shown in Figures 4 to 6). method.
此外,本申请还提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序用于实现本申请提供的方法中由AP或PCP执行的操作和/或处理。In addition, this application also provides a computer program, which is used to implement the operations and/or processing performed by the AP or PCP in the method provided by this application.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序,该计算机程序用于实现本申请提供的方法中由STA执行的操作和/或处理。This application also provides a computer program, which is used to implement the operations and/or processing performed by the STA in the method provided by this application.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机代码,当计算机代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请提供的方法中由AP或PCP执行的操作和/或处理。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer code. When the computer code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to perform the operations performed by the AP or PCP in the method provided by this application. /or processing.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机代码,当计算机代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请提供的方法中由STA执行的操作和/或处理。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer code. When the computer code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to perform the operations performed by the STA in the method provided by this application and/or deal with.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机代码或计算机程序,当该计算机代码或计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得本申请提供的方法中由AP或PCP执行的操作和/或处理被执行。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer code or computer program. When the computer code or computer program is run on a computer, it causes the operations performed by the AP or PCP in the method provided by this application and/or or processing is performed.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机代码或计算机程序,当该计算机代码或计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得本申请提供的方法中由STA执行的操作和/或处理被执行。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes a computer code or a computer program. When the computer code or computer program is run on a computer, it causes the operations and/or processing performed by the STA in the method provided by this application. be executed.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连 接,也可以是电的,机械的或其它的形式连接。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units. The connection can also be electrical, mechanical or other forms of connection.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本申请实施例提供的方案的技术效果。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the technical effects of the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分,或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个可读存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的可读存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or contributes to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a readable The storage medium includes several instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned readable storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc. that can store program code medium.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (25)

  1. 一种感知方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A sensing method, characterized in that the method includes:
    在信标传输间隔BTI阶段向站点发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:所述BTI阶段或关联-波束赋形训练A-BFT阶段;The first frame is sent to the station during the beacon transmission interval BTI phase. The first frame includes a first field. The first field is used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing. The available time slots are included in At least one of the following stages: the BTI stage or the correlation-beamforming training A-BFT stage;
    在第一时隙接收来自所述站点的一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙;receiving one or more second frames from the station in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot;
    基于所述一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。Perception is performed based on the one or more second frames to obtain a sensing result.
  2. 一种感知方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A sensing method, characterized in that the method includes:
    在信标传输间隔BTI阶段接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:所述BTI阶段或关联-波束赋形训练A-BFT阶段;The first frame is received in the beacon transmission interval BTI phase. The first frame includes a first field. The first field is used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing. The available time slots are included in at least one of the following phases. Middle: the BTI stage or the correlation-beamforming training A-BFT stage;
    在第一时隙发送一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙。One or more second frames are transmitted in a first time slot, the available time slots including the first time slot.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein sending one or more second frames in the first time slot includes:
    基于目标概率在所述第一时隙中发送所述一个或多个第二帧,所述目标概率表示所述站点发送所述第二帧的概率。The one or more second frames are transmitted in the first time slot based on a target probability representing a probability of the station transmitting the second frame.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时隙是由所述站点从所述可用时隙中随机确定的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the first time slot is randomly determined by the station from the available time slots.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the first field used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing includes:
    所述第一字段用于指示感知A-BFT长度,所述感知A-BFT长度用于确定所述可用时隙的时隙数目;或者,The first field is used to indicate the perceived A-BFT length, and the perceived A-BFT length is used to determine the number of time slots of the available time slots; or,
    所述第一字段用于指示感知A-BFT因子,所述感知A-BFT因子用于确定所述可用时隙的时隙数目。The first field is used to indicate a perceptual A-BFT factor, and the perceptual A-BFT factor is used to determine the number of time slots of the available time slots.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧还包括信标间隔控制字段,所述信标间隔控制字段包括A-BFT长度字段和A-BFT因子字段,所述A-BFT长度字段用于承载A-BFT长度,所述A-BFT因子字段用于承载A-BFT因子;The method according to claim 5, characterized in that the first frame further includes a beacon interval control field, the beacon interval control field includes an A-BFT length field and an A-BFT factor field, and the A- The BFT length field is used to carry the A-BFT length, and the A-BFT factor field is used to carry the A-BFT factor;
    所述可用时隙的时隙数目与A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子有关。The number of available time slots is related to the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor.
  7. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述可用时隙的时隙数目Stotal满足以下任一项:
    Stotal=A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;
    Stotal=A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;
    The method according to claim 5 or 6, characterized in that the number of time slots S total of the available time slots satisfies any of the following:
    S total =A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    S total =(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    S total =(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    S total =A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;
    S total =A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;
    其中,所述A-BFT Length表示A-BFT长度,所述Sensing A-BFT Multiplier表示所述感知A-BFT因子,所述Sensing A-BFT Length表示所述感知A-BFT长度,所述A-BFT Multiplier表示A-BFT因子。Wherein, the A-BFT Length represents the A-BFT length, the Sensing A-BFT Multiplier represents the sensing A-BFT factor, the Sensing A-BFT Length represents the sensing A-BFT length, and the A- BFT Multiplier represents the A-BFT factor.
  8. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the first field used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing includes:
    所述第一字段用于指示所述可用时隙的起始时隙位置、结束时隙位置或时隙数目中的至少一项;或者,The first field is used to indicate at least one of the starting time slot position, the ending time slot position or the number of time slots of the available time slot; or,
    所述第一字段用于承载第一比特位图,所述第一比特位图的比特长度根据A-BFT长度与A-BFT因子确定的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目确定,所述第一比特位图用于指示所述站点是否使用对应时隙进行感知。The first field is used to carry a first bitmap. The bit length of the first bitmap is determined according to the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage determined by the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor. The first The bitmap is used to indicate whether the station uses the corresponding time slot for sensing.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图的比特长度为以下任一项:32个比特、16个比特、8个比特或4个比特。The method according to claim 8, wherein the bit length of the first bitmap is any one of the following: 32 bits, 16 bits, 8 bits or 4 bits.
  10. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一帧还包括所述站点的标识信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the first frame further includes identification information of the station.
  11. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
    收发单元,用于在信标传输间隔BTI阶段发送第一帧,所述第一帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:所述BTI阶段或关联-波束赋形训练A-BFT阶段;A transceiver unit, configured to send the first frame in the beacon transmission interval BTI phase, the first frame including a first field, the first field being used to determine an available time slot when the station performs sensing, the available time slot including In at least one of the following stages: the BTI stage or the correlation-beamforming training A-BFT stage;
    所述收发单元,还用于在第一时隙接收一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙;The transceiver unit is also configured to receive one or more second frames in a first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot;
    处理单元,基于所述一个或多个第二帧进行感知,获得感知结果。The processing unit performs sensing based on the one or more second frames and obtains a sensing result.
  12. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
    收发单元,用于在信标传输间隔BTI阶段接收第一帧,所述第一帧包括第一字段,所述第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙,所述可用时隙包含于以下至少一个阶段中:所述BTI阶段或关联-波束赋形训练A-BFT阶段;A transceiver unit configured to receive the first frame in the beacon transmission interval BTI phase, the first frame including a first field, the first field being used to determine an available time slot when the station performs sensing, the available time slot including In at least one of the following stages: the BTI stage or the correlation-beamforming training A-BFT stage;
    所述收发单元,还用于在第一时隙中发送一个或多个第二帧,所述可用时隙包括所述第一时隙。The transceiver unit is further configured to send one or more second frames in a first time slot, and the available time slots include the first time slot.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,具体用于基于目标概率在所述第一时隙中发送所述一个或多个第二帧,所述目标概率表示所述站点发送所述第二帧的概率。The device according to claim 12, wherein the transceiver unit is specifically configured to send the one or more second frames in the first time slot based on a target probability, the target probability indicating the The probability that the station sends the second frame.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一时隙是由所述站点从 所述可用时隙中随机确定的。The device according to any one of claims 11-13, characterized in that the first time slot is obtained by the station from randomly determined among the available time slots.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定所述站点执行感知时的可用时隙包括:The device according to claim 14, wherein the first field used to determine the available time slot when the station performs sensing includes:
    所述第一字段用于指示感知A-BFT长度,所述感知A-BFT长度用于确定所述可用时隙的时隙数目;或者,The first field is used to indicate the perceived A-BFT length, and the perceived A-BFT length is used to determine the number of time slots of the available time slots; or,
    所述第一字段用于指示感知A-BFT因子,所述感知A-BFT因子用于确定所述可用时隙的时隙数目。The first field is used to indicate a perceptual A-BFT factor, and the perceptual A-BFT factor is used to determine the number of time slots of the available time slots.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧还包括信标间隔控制字段,所述信标间隔控制字段包括A-BFT长度字段和A-BFT因子字段,所述A-BFT长度字段用于承载A-BFT长度,所述A-BFT因子字段用于承载A-BFT因子;The device according to claim 15, wherein the first frame further includes a beacon interval control field, the beacon interval control field includes an A-BFT length field and an A-BFT factor field, and the A- The BFT length field is used to carry the A-BFT length, and the A-BFT factor field is used to carry the A-BFT factor;
    所述可用时隙的时隙数目与A-BFT长度和A-BFT因子有关。The number of available time slots is related to the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的装置,其特征在于,所述可用时隙的时隙数目Stotal满足以下任一项:
    Stotal=A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;
    Stotal=A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;
    The device according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that the number of time slots Total of the available time slots satisfies any of the following:
    Stotal=A-BFT Length×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=(A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=(A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier)×Sensing A-BFT Multiplier;
    Stotal=A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;
    Stotal=A-BFT Length+A-BFT Length×A-BFT Multiplier+Sensing A-BFT Length;
    其中,所述A-BFT Length表示A-BFT长度,所述Sensing A-BFT Multiplier表示所述感知A-BFT因子,所述Sensing A-BFT Length表示所述感知A-BFT长度,所述A-BFT Multiplier表示A-BFT因子。Wherein, the A-BFT Length represents the A-BFT length, the Sensing A-BFT Multiplier represents the sensing A-BFT factor, the Sensing A-BFT Length represents the sensing A-BFT length, and the A- BFT Multiplier represents the A-BFT factor.
  18. 根据权利要求14所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一字段用于确定站点执行感知时的可用时隙包括:The device according to claim 14, wherein the first field used to determine the available time slots when the station performs sensing includes:
    所述第一字段用于指示所述可用时隙的起始时隙位置、结束时隙位置或时隙数目中的至少一项;或者,The first field is used to indicate at least one of the starting time slot position, the ending time slot position or the number of time slots of the available time slot; or,
    所述第一字段用于承载第一比特位图,所述第一比特位图的比特长度根据A-BFT长度与A-BFT因子确定的A-BFT阶段的时隙数目确定,所述第一比特位图用于指示所述站点是否使用对应时隙进行感知。The first field is used to carry a first bitmap. The bit length of the first bitmap is determined according to the number of time slots in the A-BFT stage determined by the A-BFT length and the A-BFT factor. The first The bitmap is used to indicate whether the station uses the corresponding time slot for sensing.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一比特位图的比特长度为以下任一项:32个比特、16个比特、8个比特或4个比特。The device according to claim 18, wherein the bit length of the first bitmap is any one of the following: 32 bits, 16 bits, 8 bits or 4 bits.
  20. 根据权利要求11-14任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一帧还包括所述站点的标识信息。The device according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein the first frame further includes identification information of the station.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;A communication device, characterized by including a processor and a memory;
    所述存储器用于存储指令; The memory is used to store instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述指令,以使权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法被执行。The processor is configured to execute the instructions so that the method described in any one of claims 1 to 10 is executed.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括逻辑电路和接口,所述逻辑电路和接口耦合;A communication device, characterized in that it includes a logic circuit and an interface, and the logic circuit and the interface are coupled;
    所述接口用于输入和/或输出代码指令,所述逻辑电路用于执行所述代码指令,以使权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法被执行。The interface is used to input and/or output code instructions, and the logic circuit is used to execute the code instructions, so that the method described in any one of claims 1 to 10 is executed.
  23. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被执行时,权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is executed, the method described in any one of claims 1 to 10 is executed.
  24. 一种计算机程序,其特征在于,所述计算机程序被执行时,权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer program, characterized in that when the computer program is executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 is executed.
  25. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括接入点AP和站点STA,所述AP用于执行如权利要求1、3-10任一项所述的方法,所述STA用于执行如权利要求2-10任一项所述的方法。 A communication system, characterized in that it includes an access point AP and a site STA, the AP is used to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 and 3-10, and the STA is used to perform the method as claimed in claim 2 -The method described in any one of 10.
PCT/CN2023/080400 2022-03-21 2023-03-09 Sensing method and device WO2023179368A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210279154.3A CN116847394A (en) 2022-03-21 2022-03-21 Sensing method and device
CN202210279154.3 2022-03-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023179368A1 true WO2023179368A1 (en) 2023-09-28

Family

ID=88099806

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/080400 WO2023179368A1 (en) 2022-03-21 2023-03-09 Sensing method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116847394A (en)
WO (1) WO2023179368A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20180026695A1 (en) * 2016-07-22 2018-01-25 Intel Corporation Extending association beamforming training
US20180206268A1 (en) * 2017-01-13 2018-07-19 Sony Corporation Contention-based random access with receive beamforming in wireless networks
CN110912593A (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-24 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for beam training
US20200322014A1 (en) * 2016-05-23 2020-10-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Beamforming training
CN112014809A (en) * 2019-05-30 2020-12-01 华为技术有限公司 Radar test method and device
WO2021190329A1 (en) * 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 华为技术有限公司 Spatial multiplexing method, device, computer readable storage medium, and chip

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200322014A1 (en) * 2016-05-23 2020-10-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Beamforming training
US20180026695A1 (en) * 2016-07-22 2018-01-25 Intel Corporation Extending association beamforming training
US20180206268A1 (en) * 2017-01-13 2018-07-19 Sony Corporation Contention-based random access with receive beamforming in wireless networks
CN110912593A (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-24 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for beam training
CN112014809A (en) * 2019-05-30 2020-12-01 华为技术有限公司 Radar test method and device
WO2021190329A1 (en) * 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 华为技术有限公司 Spatial multiplexing method, device, computer readable storage medium, and chip

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116847394A (en) 2023-10-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7394920B2 (en) Communication devices, communication methods and integrated circuits
US10834740B2 (en) Channel resource scheduling method and apparatus
US11277801B2 (en) System and method for uplink power control in a communications system with multi-access point coordination
US11924839B2 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
US11895517B2 (en) Enhanced fragmented sector level sweep procedure in MMW WLAN systems
WO2021062764A1 (en) Timing advance (ta) processing method and device for terminal
US20190239205A1 (en) Wireless communication method using network allocation vector and wireless communication terminal using same
US10038543B2 (en) Many to one communications protocol
EP4049377A1 (en) Spatial reuse for wireless network
US20230180192A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and readable storage medium
JP7433770B2 (en) Communication device, information processing device, control method, and program
WO2023179368A1 (en) Sensing method and device
CN107509251B (en) Back-off method and device
CN114760012A (en) Multicast feedback method, device and system
WO2023165360A1 (en) Method and apparatus for realizing sensing
WO2024067517A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023179437A1 (en) Self-transmitting/self-receiving sensing method and related product
WO2023165408A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2024067516A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023245929A1 (en) Service transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023221921A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2023216888A1 (en) Sensing method and communication apparatus
WO2024061012A1 (en) Beam determining method and apparatus
WO2024067518A1 (en) Sector sweeping method and apparatus
WO2023131156A1 (en) Random access method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23773617

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1